Substituted urea depsipeptide analogs as activators of the clpp endopeptidase

ABSTRACT

In one aspect, the invention relates to substituted urea depsipeptide analogs, derivatives thereof, and related compounds, which are useful as activators the ClpP endopeptidease; synthesis methods for making the compounds; pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds; and methods of treating infectious disease using the compounds and compositions. This abstract is intended as a scanning tool for purposes of searching in the particular art and is not intended to be limiting of the present invention.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This Application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/383,190, filed on Sep. 2, 2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH

This invention was made with government support under grant numbers R43AI098327 and AI110578 awarded by the National Institutes of Health (NIH). The government has certain rights in the invention.

BACKGROUND

There are two major unsolved problems in the field of antimicrobials: how to develop effective approaches to combat drug-resistant pathogens; and how to treat chronic infections tolerant to antimicrobials. Although drug resistance is a formidable challenge, there at least exists an arsenal of antibiotics, both currently in use and in various stages of the drug development pipeline, which can be used against a variety of pathogenic bacteria. Nevertheless, there remains a significant need for new types of antibiotics for use against emerging drug resistance in bacterial populations.

Unfortunately, the situation with regard to treatment of chronic infections tolerant to antibiotics is very different. Antibiotics are typically effective because of cooperation with the immune system. For example, an antibiotic can eliminate most of the pathogen population or simply stop growth, and then immune system completes the eradication of the infectious bacterial population. This does not work when an exopolymer matrix restricts access of the immune system to the pathogen within a biofilm. The result is a chronic infection, requiring treatment with multiple antibiotics over the course of months to years, accompanied by significant morbidity and mortality. These include endocarditis, osteomyelitis, cystic fibrosis, deep-seated infections, infections of indwelling devices, and dental diseases.

Moreover, all communities of cells produce persisters, dormant variants of the wild type that are tolerant to most antibiotics (Lewis, K. Ann. Rev. Microbiol. (2010) 64:357-372). A lingering chronic infection maintains a large effective population size, favoring development of resistance (Levin, B. R. & Rozen, D. E. Nat. Rev. Microbiol. (2006) 4:556-562) Finding countermeasures against persisters is a considerable unmet need in addressing infectious diseases, and success in finding countermeasures will be significant not only for treatment of chronic infections, but for stemming the spread of resistance as well.

Despite advances in antimicrobial research, there remains a significant need for antibiotic compounds that are potent and effective for the treatment of diseases associated with infection by gram positive and gram negative bacteria. There is also particular need for antimicrobials combating resistant bacterial strains and for use in treatment of chronic infections, including those associated with biofilm populations comprising dormant persister cells tolerant to currently available antimicrobials. These needs and other needs are satisfied by the present invention.

SUMMARY

In accordance with the purpose(s) of the invention, as embodied and broadly described herein, the invention, in one aspect, relates to compounds useful as activators of the ClpP protease, methods of making same, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, and methods of treating infectious disease using the disclosed compounds and products of the disclosed methods of making the compounds.

Disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Y is —NH-(L)q-Ar1; wherein q is an integer selected from 0 and 1; wherein L is moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, —CH═CH—, and -(cyclopropyl)-; wherein each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl; or wherein R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl; wherein R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, —C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b); wherein each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; or wherein R² is —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl; wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alky, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C6 alkylamino; or wherein R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; provided at least one of R² and R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; or wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), (C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

wherein each of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy, provided that at least one of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is not hydrogen; wherein each of R^(70a) and F^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl; wherein Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR₄₃(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar²; or wherein Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy; wherein each n is an integer independently selected from 0, 1, and 2; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Also disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Y is —NH-(L)q-Ar1; wherein q is an integer selected from 0 and 1; wherein L is moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, —CH═CH—, and -(cyclopropyl)-; wherein each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl; or wherein R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl; wherein R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, —C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, and C1-C3 aminoalkyl; or wherein R² is —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl; wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C6 alkylamino; or wherein R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; provided at least one of R² and R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; or wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), (C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G; provided that the heterocycle is substituted with at least one group that is —(C0-C6)-G when R² is not —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

wherein each of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy, provided that at least one of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is not hydrogen; wherein each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl; wherein Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR₄₃(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar²; or wherein Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy; wherein each n is an integer independently selected from 0, 1, and 2; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of one or more disclosed compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also disclosed are methods for treating an infectious disease in a subject, the method comprising the step of administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one compound having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Y is —NH-(L)q-Ar1; wherein q is an integer selected from 0 and 1; wherein L is moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, —CH═CH—, and -(cyclopropyl)-; wherein each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl; or wherein R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl; wherein R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂—, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, —C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b); wherein each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; or wherein R² is —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl; wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alky, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C6 alkylamino; or wherein R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; provided at least one of R² and R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; or wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), (C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

wherein each of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy, provided that at least one of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is not hydrogen; wherein each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl; wherein Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR₄₃(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar²; or wherein Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy; wherein each n is an integer independently selected from 0, 1, and 2; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Also disclosed are methods for the treatment of an infectious disease in a mammal or bird, the method comprising the step of administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a disclosed pharmaceutical composition, thereby treating the infectious disease in the mammal or bird.

Also disclosed are methods for the treatment of an infectious disease comprising the step of administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of at least one disclosed compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof.

Also disclosed are methods enhancing ClpP in at least one cell, comprising the step of contacting the cell with an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof.

Also disclosed are uses of a disclosed compound, a disclosed product of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof.

Also disclosed are uses of a disclosed compound, a disclosed product of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of an infectious disease.

Also disclosed are uses of a disclosed compound, a disclosed product of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the enhancing ClpP activity in a bacterial cell, wherein enhancing ClpP activity has a bacteriostatic or bactericidal effect.

Also disclosed are methods for the manufacture of a medicament to treat an infectious disease comprising combining at least one disclosed compound or at least one disclosed product of making with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

Also disclosed are kits comprising at least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, and one or more of: (a) at least one agent known to increase ClpP activity; (b) at least one agent known to have antimicrobial activity; (c) at least one agent known to treat an infectious disease; (d) instructions for treating an infectious disease; (e) instructions for administering the compound in connection with treating a microbial infection; or (f) instructions for administering the compound with at least one agent known to treat an infectious disease.

While aspects of the present invention can be described and claimed in a particular statutory class, such as the system statutory class, this is for convenience only and one of skill in the art will understand that each aspect of the present invention can be described and claimed in any statutory class. Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method or aspect set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim does not specifically state in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow, plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation, or the number or type of aspects described in the specification.

Additional advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or can be learned by practice of the invention. The advantages of the invention will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The accompanying figures, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate several aspects and together with the description serve to explain the principles of the invention.

FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B show representative graphs illustrating the mean plasma concentration-time profile of compound 6 following a single oral (30 mg/kg) and intraperitoneal (30, 60, and 120 mg/kg) administration to male BALB/c mice.

FIG. 2A-C show representative graphs illustrating the effects of compound 6 in a peritonitis septicemia model in kidney (2A), liver (2B), and peritoneal fluid (2C).

FIG. 3A-C show representative graphs illustrating the effects of VRE (vancomycin resistant enterococci) in a peritonitis septicemia model in kidney (3A), liver (3B), and peritoneal fluid (3C).

Additional advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or can be learned by practice of the invention. The advantages of the invention will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed.

DESCRIPTION

The present invention can be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of the invention and the Examples included therein.

Before the present compounds, compositions, articles, systems, devices, and/or methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that they are not limited to specific synthetic methods unless otherwise specified, or to particular reagents unless otherwise specified, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only and is not intended to be limiting. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, example methods and materials are now described.

All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are cited. The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication provided herein can be different from the actual publication dates, which can require independent confirmation.

A. Definitions

In this specification and in the claims which follow, reference will be made to a number of terms which shall be defined herein.

As used herein, nomenclature for compounds, including organic compounds, can be given using common names, IUPAC, IUBMB, or CAS recommendations for nomenclature. When one or more stereochemical features are present, Cahn-Ingold-Prelog rules for stereochemistry can be employed to designate stereochemical priority, E/Z specification, and the like. One of skill in the art can readily ascertain the structure of a compound if given a name, either by systemic reduction of the compound structure using naming conventions, or by commercially available software, such as CHEMDRAW™ (Cambridgesoft Corporation, U.S.A.).

As used in the specification and in the claims, the term “comprising” can include the aspects “consisting of” and “consisting essentially of” Thus, for example, an aspect such as “a composition comprising A, B, and C” also includes aspects such as “a composition consisting of A, B, and C” and “a composition consisting essentially of A, B, and C.”

As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a functional group,” “an alkyl,” or “a residue” includes mixtures of two or more such functional groups, alkyls, or residues, and the like.

Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, a further aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms a further aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.

References in the specification and concluding claims to parts by weight of a particular element or component in a composition denotes the weight relationship between the element or component and any other elements or components in the composition or article for which a part by weight is expressed. Thus, in a compound containing 2 parts by weight of component X and 5 parts by weight component Y, X and Y are present at a weight ratio of 2:5, and are present in such ratio regardless of whether additional components are contained in the compound.

A weight percent (wt. %) of a component, unless specifically stated to the contrary, is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.

As used herein, the terms “optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.

As used herein, the term “subject” can be a vertebrate, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian. Thus, the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal. A patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder. The term “patient” includes human and veterinary subjects.

In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of an infectious disease prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been diagnosed with a need for enhancing bacterial ClpP activity prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been diagnosed with having a gram positive or gram negative infection prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been identified with an infectious disease that is treatable by enhancing the activity of bacterial ClpP prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been identified with a gram positive bacterial infection prior to the administering step. In various aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been identified with a gram negative bacterial infection prior to the administering step. In one aspect, a subject can be treated prophylactically with a compound or composition disclosed herein, as discussed herein elsewhere.

As used herein, the term “treatment” refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder. This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In addition, this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In various aspects, the term covers any treatment of a subject, including a mammal (e.g., a human), and includes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject that can be predisposed to the disease but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting its development; or (iii) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal such as a primate, and, in a further aspect, the subject is a human. The term “subject” also includes domesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), and laboratory animals (e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc.).

As used herein, the term “prevent” or “preventing” refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action. It is understood that where reduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expressly disclosed.

As used herein, the term “diagnosed” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by the compounds, compositions, or methods disclosed herein. For example, “diagnosed with an infectious disease treatable by enhancing ClpP activity” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by a compound or composition that can enhance ClpP activity. As a further example, “diagnosed with a need for treatment of an infectious disease” refers to having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition characterized by infection with a pathogenic microbe, such as a gram positive or gram negative bacteria.

As used herein, the phrase “identified to be in need of treatment for an infectious disease,” or the like, refers to selection of a subject based upon need for treatment of the infectious disease. For example, a subject can be identified as having a need for treatment of an infectious disease (e.g., an infectious disease related to infection with a pathogenic gram negative or gram positive bacteria) based upon an earlier diagnosis by a person of skill and thereafter subjected to treatment for the infectious disease. It is contemplated that the identification can, in one aspect, be performed by a person different from the person making the diagnosis. It is also contemplated, in a further aspect, that the administration can be performed by one who subsequently performed the administration.

As used herein, the terms “administering” and “administration” refer to any method of providing a pharmaceutical preparation to a subject. Such methods are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, oral administration, transdermal administration, administration by inhalation, nasal administration, topical administration, intravaginal administration, ophthalmic administration, intraaural administration, intracerebral administration, rectal administration, sublingual administration, buccal administration, and parenteral administration, including injectable such as intravenous administration, intra-arterial administration, intramuscular administration, and subcutaneous administration. Administration can be continuous or intermittent. In various aspects, a preparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existing disease or condition. In further various aspects, a preparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a disease or condition.

The term “contacting” as used herein refers to bringing a disclosed compound and a cell, a target protein (e.g. the ClpP endopeptidase), or other biological entity together in such a manner that the compound can affect the activity of the target, either directly; i.e., by interacting with the target itself, or indirectly; i.e., by interacting with another molecule, co-factor, factor, or protein on which the activity of the target is dependent.

As used herein, the terms “effective amount” and “amount effective” refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result or to have an effect on an undesired condition. For example, a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have an effect on undesired symptoms, but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side effects. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration. Consequently, single dose compositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. The dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products. In further various aspects, a preparation can be administered in a “prophylactically effective amount”; that is, an amount effective for prevention of a disease or condition.

As used herein, “kit” means a collection of at least two components constituting the kit. Together, the components constitute a functional unit for a given purpose. Individual member components may be physically packaged together or separately. For example, a kit comprising an instruction for using the kit may or may not physically include the instruction with other individual member components. Instead, the instruction can be supplied as a separate member component, either in a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation.

As used herein, “instruction(s)” means documents describing relevant materials or methodologies pertaining to a kit. These materials may include any combination of the following: background information, list of components and their availability information (purchase information, etc.), brief or detailed protocols for using the kit, trouble-shooting, references, technical support, and any other related documents. Instructions can be supplied with the kit or as a separate member component, either as a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation. Instructions can comprise one or multiple documents, and are meant to include future updates.

As used herein, the terms “therapeutic agent” include any synthetic or naturally occurring biologically active compound or composition of matter which, when administered to an organism (human or nonhuman animal), induces a desired pharmacologic, immunogenic, and/or physiologic effect by local and/or systemic action. The term therefore encompasses those compounds or chemicals traditionally regarded as drugs, vaccines, and biopharmaceuticals including molecules such as proteins, peptides, hormones, nucleic acids, gene constructs and the like. Examples of therapeutic agents are described in well-known literature references such as the Merck Index (14th edition), the Physicians' Desk Reference (64th edition), and The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (12th edition), and they include, without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of a disease or illness; substances that affect the structure or function of the body, or pro-drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a physiological environment. For example, the term “therapeutic agent” includes compounds or compositions for use in all of the major therapeutic areas including, but not limited to, adjuvants; anti-infectives such as antibiotics and antiviral agents; analgesics and analgesic combinations, anorexics, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-epileptics, local and general anesthetics, hypnotics, sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic and cholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents, antiadrenergics, antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, and nutrients, antiarthritics, antiasthmatic agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antinauseants, antineoplastics, antipruritics, antipyretics; antispasmodics, cardiovascular preparations (including calcium channel blockers, beta-blockers, beta-agonists and antiarrhythmics), antihypertensives, diuretics, vasodilators; central nervous system stimulants; cough and cold preparations; decongestants; diagnostics; hormones; bone growth stimulants and bone resorption inhibitors; immunosuppressives; muscle relaxants; psychostimulants; sedatives; tranquilizers; proteins, peptides, and fragments thereof (whether naturally occurring, chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced); and nucleic acid molecules (polymeric forms of two or more nucleotides, either ribonucleotides (RNA) or deoxyribonucleotides (DNA) including both double- and single-stranded molecules, gene constructs, expression vectors, antisense molecules and the like), small molecules (e.g., doxorubicin) and other biologically active macromolecules such as, for example, proteins and enzymes. The agent may be a biologically active agent used in medical, including veterinary, applications and in agriculture, such as with plants, as well as other areas. The term therapeutic agent also includes without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of disease or illness; or substances which affect the structure or function of the body; or pro-drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a predetermined physiological environment.

As used herein, “EC₅₀,” is intended to refer to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% activation or enhancement of a biological process, or component of a process. For example, EC₅₀ can refer to the concentration of a compound that provokes a response halfway between the baseline and maximum response in an appropriate assay of the target activity. For example, an EC₅₀ for the ClpP endopeptidase can be determined in an in vitro assay system. Such in vitro assay systems include assay such as the Casein-BODIPY digestion assay as described herein.

As used herein, “IC₅₀,” is intended to refer to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% inhibition of a biological process, or component of a process, including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein, etc. In one aspect, an IC₅₀ can refer to the concentration of a substance that is required for 50% inhibition in vivo, as further defined elsewhere herein. In a further aspect, IC₅₀ refers to the half maximal (50%) inhibitory concentration (IC) of a substance.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” describes a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., without causing an unacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner.

As used herein, the term “derivative” refers to a compound having a structure derived from the structure of a parent compound (e.g., a compound disclosed herein) and whose structure is sufficiently similar to those disclosed herein and based upon that similarity, would be expected by one skilled in the art to exhibit the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds, or to induce, as a precursor, the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds. Exemplary derivatives include salts, esters, amides, salts of esters or amides, and N-oxides of a parent compound.

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions and by the use of surfactants. These compositions can also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents such as paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid and the like. It can also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the inclusion of agents, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide, poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues. The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable media just prior to use. Suitable inert carriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% by weight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effective particle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.

A residue of a chemical species, as used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to the moiety that is the resulting product of the chemical species in a particular reaction scheme or subsequent formulation or chemical product, regardless of whether the moiety is actually obtained from the chemical species. Thus, an ethylene glycol residue in a polyester refers to one or more —OCH₂CH₂O— units in the polyester, regardless of whether ethylene glycol was used to prepare the polyester. Similarly, a sebacic acid residue in a polyester refers to one or more —CO(CH₂)₈CO— moieties in the polyester, regardless of whether the residue is obtained by reacting sebacic acid or an ester thereof to obtain the polyester.

As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Also, the terms “substitution” or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. It is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).

In defining various terms, “A¹, ” “A²,” “A³,” and “A⁴” are used herein as generic symbols to represent various specific substituents. These symbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein, and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance, they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents.

The term “aliphatic” or “aliphatic group,” as used herein, denotes a hydrocarbon moiety that may be straight-chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, or cyclic (including fused, bridging, and spirofused polycyclic) and may be completely saturated or may contain one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.

The term “alkyl” as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like. The alkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic. The alkyl group can be branched or unbranched. The alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein. A “lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six (e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms. The term alkyl group can also be a C1 alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-05 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, and the like up to and including a C1-C24 alkyl.

Throughout the specification “alkyl” is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group. For example, the term “halogenated alkyl” or “haloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Alternatively, the term “monohaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with a single halide, e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. The term “polyhaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is independently substituted with two or more halides, i.e. each halide substituent need not be the same halide as another halide substituent, nor do the multiple instances of a halide substituent need to be on the same carbon. The term “alkoxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below. The term “aminoalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups. The term “hydroxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more hydroxy groups. When “alkyl” is used in one instance and a specific term such as “hydroxyalkyl” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as “hydroxyalkyl” and the like.

This practice is also used for other groups described herein. That is, while a term such as “cycloalkyl” refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyl moieties, the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an “alkylcycloalkyl.” Similarly, a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy,” a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g., an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like. Again, the practice of using a general term, such as “cycloalkyl,” and a specific term, such as “alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the general term does not also include the specific term.

The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkyl” is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.

The term “polyalkylene group” as used herein is a group having two or more CH₂ groups linked to one another. The polyalkylene group can be represented by the formula —(CH₂)_(a)—, where “a” is an integer of from 2 to 500.

The terms “alkoxy” and “alkoxyl” as used herein to refer to an alkyl or cycloalkyl group bonded through an ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group can be defined as —OA¹ where A¹ is alkyl or cycloalkyl as defined above. “Alkoxy” also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as just described; that is, an alkoxy can be a polyether such as —OA¹-OA² or OA¹-(OA²)_(a)-OA³, where “a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A¹, A², and A³ are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.

The term “alkenyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Asymmetric structures such as (A¹A²)C═C(A³A⁴) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C═C. The alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.

The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bound, i.e., C═C. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbornenyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.

The term “alkynyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. The alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.

The term “cycloalkynyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound. Examples of cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cycloheptynyl, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkynyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.

The term “aromatic group” as used herein refers to a ring structure having cyclic clouds of delocalized π electrons above and below the plane of the molecule, where the π clouds contain (4n+2) π electrons. A further discussion of aromaticity is found in Morrison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, (5th Ed., 1987), Chapter 13, entitled “ Aromaticity,” pages 477-497, incorporated herein by reference. The term “aromatic group” is inclusive of both aryl and heteroaryl groups.

The term “aryl” as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, anthracene, and the like. The aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The aryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, —NH₂, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term “biaryl” is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of “aryl.” In addition, the aryl group can be a single ring structure or comprise multiple ring structures that are either fused ring structures or attached via one or more bridging groups such as a carbon-carbon bond. For example, biaryl to two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.

The term “aldehyde” as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)H. Throughout this specification “C(O)” is a short hand notation for a carbonyl group, i.e., C═O.

The terms “amine” or “amino” as used herein are represented by the formula NA¹A², where A¹ and A² can be, independently, hydrogen or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. A specific example of amino is —NH₂.

The term “alkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula —NH(-alkyl) where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, and the like.

The term “dialkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula —N(-alkyl)₂ where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group, diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)amino group, dipentylamino group, diisopentylamino group, di(tert-pentyl)amino group, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N-methyl-N-propylamino group, N-ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like.

The term “carboxylic acid” as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)OH.

The term “ester” as used herein is represented by the formula —OC(O)A¹ or —C(O)OA¹, where A¹ can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “polyester” as used herein is represented by the formula -(A¹O(O)C-A²-C(O)O)_(a)— or -(A¹O(O)C-A²-OC(O))_(a)—, where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer from 1 to 500. “Polyester” is as the term used to describe a group that is produced by the reaction between a compound having at least two carboxylic acid groups with a compound having at least two hydroxyl groups.

The term “ether” as used herein is represented by the formula A′OA², where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein. The term “polyether” as used herein is represented by the formula (A¹O-A²O)_(a)—, where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer of from 1 to 500. Examples of polyether groups include polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and polybutylene oxide.

The terms “halo,” “halogen” or “halide,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to F, Cl, Br, or I.

The terms “pseudohalide,” “pseudohalogen” or “pseudohalo,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to functional groups that behave substantially similar to halides. Such functional groups include, by way of example, cyano, thiocyanato, azido, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, perfluoroalkyl, and perfluoroalkoxy groups.

The term “heteroalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl group containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.

The term “heteroaryl” as used herein refers to an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus, where N-oxides, sulfur oxides, and dioxides are permissible heteroatom substitutions. The heteroaryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The heteroaryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. Heteroaryl groups can be monocyclic, or alternatively fused ring systems. Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, N-methylpyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, and pyrazolopyrimidinyl. Further not limiting examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzo[d]oxazolyl, benzo[d]thiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazolyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]oxadiazolyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl.

The terms “heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl,” as used herein can be used interchangeably and refer to single and multi-cyclic aromatic or non-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon. Thus, the term is inclusive of, but not limited to, “heterocycloalkyl,” “heteroaryl,” “bicyclic heterocycle,” and “polycyclic heterocycle.” Heterocycle includes pyridine, pyrimidine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole, thiadiazole, including, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, and 1,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole, including, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,3,4-triazole, tetrazole, including 1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 1,2,4,5-tetrazole, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, including 1,2,4-triazine and 1,3,5-triazine, tetrazine, including 1,2,4,5-tetrazine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, azetidine, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, and the like. The term heterocyclyl group can also be a C2 heterocyclyl, C2-C3 heterocyclyl, C2-C4 heterocyclyl, C2-C5 heterocyclyl, C2-C6 heterocyclyl, C2-C7 heterocyclyl, C2-C8 heterocyclyl, C2-C9 heterocyclyl, C2-C10 heterocyclyl, C2-C11 heterocyclyl, and the like up to and including a C2-C18 heterocyclyl. For example, a C2 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has two carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, aziridinyl, diazetidinyl, dihydrodiazetyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, and the like. Alternatively, for example, a C5 heterocyclyl comprises a group which has five carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, diazepanyl, pyridinyl, and the like. It is understood that a heterocyclyl group may be bound either through a heteroatom in the ring, where chemically possible, or one of carbons comprising the heterocyclyl ring.

The term “bicyclic heterocycle” or “bicyclic heterocyclyl” as used herein refers to a ring system in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein an aromatic ring is fused with another aromatic ring, or wherein an aromatic ring is fused with a non-aromatic ring. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein a benzene ring is fused to a 5- or a 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms or wherein a pyridine ring is fused to a 5- or a 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms. Bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, indolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, benzofuranyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-chromenyl, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-3-yl; 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl; and 1H-pyrazolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl.

The term “heterocycloalkyl” as used herein refers to an aliphatic, partially unsaturated or fully saturated, 3- to 14-membered ring system, including single rings of 3 to 8 atoms and bi- and tricyclic ring systems. The heterocycloalkyl ring-systems include one to four heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein a nitrogen and sulfur heteroatom optionally can be oxidized and a nitrogen heteroatom optionally can be substituted. Representative heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, and tetrahydrofuryl.

The term “hydroxyl” or “hydroxy” as used herein is represented by the formula —OH.

The term “ketone” as used herein is represented by the formula A′C(O)A², where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.

The term “azide” or “azido” as used herein is represented by the formula —N₃.

The term “nitro” as used herein is represented by the formula —NO₂.

The term “nitrile” or “cyano” as used herein is represented by the formula —CN.

The term “silyl” as used herein is represented by the formula —SiA¹A²A³, where A¹, A², and A³ can be, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.

The term “sulfo-oxo” as used herein is represented by the formulas —S(O)A¹, —S(O)₂A¹, —OS(O)₂A¹, or —OS(O)₂OA¹, where A¹ can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. Throughout this specification “S(O)” is a short hand notation for S═O. The term “sulfonyl” is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the formula —S(O)₂A¹, where A¹ can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “sulfone” as used herein is represented by the formula A¹S(O)₂A², where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “sulfoxide” as used herein is represented by the formula A¹S(O)A², where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.

The term “thiol” as used herein is represented by the formula —SH.

“R¹,” “R²,” “R³,” . . . “R^(n),” where n is an integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above. For example, if R¹ is a straight chain alkyl group, one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like. Depending upon the groups that are selected, a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e., attached) to the second group. For example, with the phrase “an alkyl group comprising an amino group,” the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group. Alternatively, the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. The nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.

As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties. In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. In is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).

The term “stable,” as used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain aspects, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.

Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; —(CH₂)₀₋₄R^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄OR^(o); —O(CH₂)₀₋₄R^(o), —O—(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)OR^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄CH(OR^(o))₂; —(CH₂)₀₋₄SR⁰; —(CH₂)₀₋₄Ph, which may be substituted with R^(o); (CH₂)₀₋₄O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph which may be substituted with R^(o); CH═CHPh, which may be substituted with R^(o); (CH₂)₀₋₄O(CH₂)₀₋₁-pyridyl which may be substituted with R^(o); —NO₂; —CN; —N₃; —(CH₂)⁰⁻⁴N(R^(o))₂; —(CH₂)₀₋₄N(R^(o))C(O)R^(o); —N(R^(o))C(S)R^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄N(R^(o))C(O)NR^(o) ₂; —N(R^(o))C(S)NR^(o))₂; —(CH₂)₀₋₄N(R^(o))C(O)OR^(o); —N(R^(o))N(R^(o))C(O)R^(o); —N(R^(o))N(R^(o))C(O)NR^(o) ₂; —N(R^(o))N(R^(o))C(O)OR^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)R^(o); —C(S)R^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)OR^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)SR^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)OSiR^(o) ₃; —(CH₂)₀₋₄OC(O)R^(o); —OC(O)(CH₂)₀₋₄SR—, SC(S)SR^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄SC(O)R^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)NR^(o) ₂; —C(S)NR^(o) ₂; —C(S)SR^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄OC(O)NR^(o) ₂; —C(O)N(OR^(o))R^(o); —C(O)C(O)R^(o); —C(O)CH₂C(O)R^(o); —C(NOR^(o))R^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄SSR^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄S(O)₂R^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄S(O)₂OR^(o); —(CH₂)₀₋₄OS(O)₂R^(o); —S(O)₂NR^(o) ₂; —(CH₂)₀₋₄S(O)R^(o); —N(R^(o))S(O)₂NR^(o) ₂; —N(R^(o))S(O)₂R^(o); —N(OR^(o))R^(o); —C(NH)NR^(o) ₂; —P(O)₂R^(o); —P(O)R^(o) ₂; —OP(O)R^(o) ₂; —OP(O)(OR^(o))₂; SiR^(o) ₃; —(C₁₋₄ straight or branched)alkylene)O—N(R^(o))₂; or —(C₁₋₄ straight or branched)alkylene)C(O)O—N(R^(o))₂, wherein each R^(o) may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆aliphatic, —CH₂Ph, —O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph, —CH₂-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R^(o), taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below.

Suitable monovalent substituents on R^(o) (or the ring formed by taking two independent occurrences of R^(o) together with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen, —(CH₂)₀₋₂R^(⋅), -(haloR^(⋅)), —(CH₂)₀₋₂OH, —(CH₂)₀₋₂OR^(⋅), —(CH₂)₀₋₂CH(OR^(⋅))₂; —O(haloR^(⋅)), —CN, —N₃, —(CH₂)₀₋₂C(O)R^(⋅), —(CH₂)₀₋₂C(O)OH, —(CH₂)₀₋₂C(O)OR^(⋅), —(CH₂)₀₋₂SR^(⋅), —(CH₂)₀₋₂SH, —(CH₂)₀₋₂NH₂, —(CH₂)₀₋₂NHR^(⋅), —(CH₂)₀₋₂NR^(⋅) ₂, —NO₂, —SiR^(⋅) ₃, —OSiR^(⋅) ₃, —C(O)SR^(⋅), —(C₁₋₄ straight or branched alkylene)C(O)OR^(⋅), or SSR^(⋅) wherein each R^(⋅) is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from C₁₋₄ aliphatic, —CH₂Ph, —O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of R^(o) include ═O and ═S.

Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group include the following: ═O, ═S, ═NNR*₂, ═NNHC(O)R*, ═NNHC(O)OR*, ═NNHS(O)₂R*, ═NR*, ═NOR*, —O(C(R*₂))₂₋₃O—, or —S(C(R*₂))₂₋₃S, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: —O(CR*₂)₂₋₃O—, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, R^(⋅), -(haloR^(⋅)), —OH, —OR^(⋅), —O(haloR^(⋅)), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR^(⋅), —NH₂, —NHR^(⋅), —NR^(⋅) ₂, or —NO₂, wherein each R^(⋅) is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C₁₋₄ aliphatic, —CH₂Ph, —O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include —R^(†), —NR^(†) ₂, —C(O)R^(†), —C(O)OR^(†), —C(O)C(O)R^(†), —C(O)CH₂C(O)R^(†), —S(O)₂R^(†), —S(O)₂NR^(†) ₂, —C(S)NR^(†) ₂, —C(NH)NR^(†) ₂, or —N(R^(†))S(O)₂R^(†); wherein each R^(†) is independently hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted —OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R^(†), taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R^(†) are independently halogen, —R^(⋅), -(haloR^(⋅)), —OH, —OR^(⋅), —O(haloR^(⋅)), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR^(⋅), —NH₂, —NHR^(⋅), —NR^(⋅) ₂, or —NO₂, wherein each R^(⋅) is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C₁₋₄ aliphatic, —CH₂Ph, —O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

The term “leaving group” refers to an atom (or a group of atoms) with electron withdrawing ability that can be displaced as a stable species, taking with it the bonding electrons. Examples of suitable leaving groups include halides and sulfonate esters, including, but not limited to, triflate, mesylate, tosylate, and brosylate.

The terms “hydrolysable group” and “hydrolysable moiety” refer to a functional group capable of undergoing hydrolysis, e.g., under basic or acidic conditions. Examples of hydrolysable residues include, without limitation, acid halides, activated carboxylic acids, and various protecting groups known in the art (see, for example, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999).

The term “organic residue” defines a carbon containing residue, i.e., a residue comprising at least one carbon atom, and includes but is not limited to the carbon-containing groups, residues, or radicals defined hereinabove. Organic residues can contain various heteroatoms, or be bonded to another molecule through a heteroatom, including oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or the like. Examples of organic residues include but are not limited alkyl or substituted alkyls, alkoxy or substituted alkoxy, mono or di-substituted amino, amide groups, etc. Organic residues can preferably comprise 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 15, carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic residue can comprise 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 2 to 15, carbon atoms, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms.

A very close synonym of the term “residue” is the term “radical,” which as used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to a fragment, group, or substructure of a molecule described herein, regardless of how the molecule is prepared. For example, a 2,4-thiazolidinedione radical in a particular compound has the structure:

regardless of whether thiazolidinedione is used to prepare the compound. In some embodiments the radical (for example an alkyl) can be further modified (i.e., substituted alkyl) by having bonded thereto one or more “substituent radicals.” The number of atoms in a given radical is not critical to the present invention unless it is indicated to the contrary elsewhere herein.

“Organic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain one or more carbon atoms. An organic radical can have, for example, 1-26 carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic radical can have 2-26 carbon atoms, 2-18 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, or 2-4 carbon atoms. Organic radicals often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atoms of the organic radical. One example, of an organic radical that comprises no inorganic atoms is a 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl radical. In some embodiments, an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like. Examples of organic radicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, di-substituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamide, substituted alkylcarboxamide, dialkylcarboxamide, substituted dialkylcarboxamide, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein. A few non-limiting examples of organic radicals that include heteroatoms include alkoxy radicals, trifluoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals, dimethylamino radicals and the like.

“Inorganic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain no carbon atoms and therefore comprise only atoms other than carbon. Inorganic radicals comprise bonded combinations of atoms selected from hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, selenium, and halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, which can be present individually or bonded together in their chemically stable combinations. Inorganic radicals have 10 or fewer, or preferably one to six or one to four inorganic atoms as listed above bonded together. Examples of inorganic radicals include, but not limited to, amino, hydroxy, halogens, nitro, thiol, sulfate, phosphate, and like commonly known inorganic radicals. The inorganic radicals do not have bonded therein the metallic elements of the periodic table (such as the alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, lanthanide metals, or actinide metals), although such metal ions can sometimes serve as a pharmaceutically acceptable cation for anionic inorganic radicals such as a sulfate, phosphate, or like anionic inorganic radical. Inorganic radicals do not comprise metalloids elements such as boron, aluminum, gallium, germanium, arsenic, tin, lead, or tellurium, or the noble gas elements, unless otherwise specifically indicated elsewhere herein.

Compounds described herein can contain one or more double bonds and, thus, potentially give rise to cis/trans (E/Z) isomers, as well as other conformational isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures of such isomers.

Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture. Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentially give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolated specific stereoisomers, are also included. During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.

Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms having the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (−) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (−) or meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these compounds, called stereoisomers, are identical except that they are non-superimposable mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture. Many of the compounds described herein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist in different enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can be designated with an asterisk (*). When bonds to the chiral carbon are depicted as straight lines in the disclosed formulas, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and hence both enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula. As is used in the art, when it is desired to specify the absolute configuration about a chiral carbon, one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane). The Cahn-Inglod-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.

Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopic abundance and in non-natural abundance. The disclosed compounds can be isotopically-labeled or isotopically-substituted compounds identical to those described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as ²H, ³H, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹⁵N, ¹⁸O, ¹⁷O, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F, and ³⁶Cl, respectively. Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as ³H and ¹⁴C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., ³H, and carbon-14, i.e., ¹⁴C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., ²H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.

The compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate. In some cases, the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueous solution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate. The compounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, for example, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution. In this connection, one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvent or water molecules can combine with the compounds according to the invention to form solvates and hydrates. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible solvates.

The term “co-crystal” means a physical association of two or more molecules which owe their stability through non-covalent interaction. One or more components of this molecular complex provide a stable framework in the crystalline lattice. In certain instances, the guest molecules are incorporated in the crystalline lattice as anhydrates or solvates, see e.g. “Crystal Engineering of the Composition of Pharmaceutical Phases. Do Pharmaceutical Co-crystals Represent a New Path to Improved Medicines?” Almarasson, O., et al., The Royal Society of Chemistry, 1889-1896, 2004. Examples of co-crystals include p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid.

It is also appreciated that certain compounds described herein can be present as an equilibrium of tautomers. For example, ketones with an a-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enol form.

Likewise, amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the amide form and the imidic acid form. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible tautomers.

It is known that chemical substances form solids which are present in different states of order which are termed polymorphic forms or modifications. The different modifications of a polymorphic substance can differ greatly in their physical properties. The compounds according to the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with it being possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible polymorphic forms.

In some aspects, a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula:

which is understood to be equivalent to a formula:

wherein n is typically an integer. That is, R^(n) is understood to represent five independent substituents, R^(n(a)), R^(n(b)), R^(n(c)), R^(n(d)), and R^(n(e)). By “independent substituents,” it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance R^(n(a)) is halogen, then R^(n(b)) is not necessarily halogen in that instance.

Certain materials, compounds, compositions, and components disclosed herein can be obtained commercially or readily synthesized using techniques generally known to those of skill in the art. For example, the starting materials and reagents used in preparing the disclosed compounds and compositions are either available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co., (Milwaukee, Wis.), Acros Organics (Morris Plains, N.J.), Fisher Scientific (Pittsburgh, Pa.), or Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.) or are prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art following procedures set forth in references such as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplemental Volumes (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, (John Wiley and Sons, 4th Edition); and Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989).

Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim does not actually recite an order to be followed by its steps or it is not otherwise specifically stated in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including: matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow; plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation; and the number or type of embodiments described in the specification.

Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions of the invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used within the methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these compounds cannot be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of the compound and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Thus, if a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed as well as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combination molecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if each is not individually recited each is individually and collectively contemplated meaning combinations, A-E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B-F, C-D, C-E, and C-F are considered disclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is also disclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E would be considered disclosed. This concept applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using the compositions of the invention. Thus, if there are a variety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood that each of these additional steps can be performed with any specific embodiment or combination of embodiments of the methods of the invention.

It is understood that the compositions disclosed herein have certain functions. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there are a variety of structures that can perform the same function that are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will typically achieve the same result.

B. Compounds

In one aspect, the invention relates to compounds useful as activators of the ClpP protease. In one aspect, the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of infectious disease, including infectious disease associated with bacterial infections, and other diseases in which activation of the ClpP protease can have therapeutic benefit, as further described herein.

It is contemplated that each disclosed derivative can be optionally further substituted. It is also contemplated that any one or more derivative can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed compound can be provided by the disclosed methods. It is also understood that the disclosed compounds can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.

1. Structure

In one aspect, disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Y is —NH-(L)q-Ar1; wherein q is an integer selected from 0 and 1; wherein L is moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, —CH═CH—, and -(cyclopropyl)-; wherein each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl; or wherein R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl; wherein R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, —C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b); wherein each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; or wherein R² is —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl; wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alky, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C6 alkylamino; or wherein R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; provided at least one of R² and R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; or wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

wherein each of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy, provided that at least one of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is not hydrogen; wherein each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl; wherein Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR₄₃(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar²; or wherein Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy; wherein each n is an integer independently selected from 0, 1, and 2; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence or R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Also disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Y is —NH-(L)q-Ar1; wherein q is an integer selected from 0 and 1; wherein L is moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, —CH═CH—, and -(cyclopropyl)-; wherein each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl; or wherein R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl; wherein R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, and C1-C3 aminoalkyl; or wherein R² is —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl; wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C6 alkylamino; or wherein R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; provided at least one of R² and R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; or wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G; provided that the heterocycle is substituted with at least one group that is —(C0-C6)-G when R² is not —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

wherein each of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy, provided that at least one of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is not hydrogen; wherein each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl; wherein Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR₄₃(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar²; or wherein Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy; wherein each n is an integer independently selected from 0, 1, and 2; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In a further aspect, each n is an integer independently selected from 0, 1, and 2. In a still further aspect, each n is an integer independently selected from 0 and 1. In yet a further aspect, each n is an integer independently selected from 1 and 2. In an even further aspect, each n is an integer independently selected from 0 and 2. In a still further aspect, each n is an integer with a value of 0. In yet a further aspect, each n is an integer with a value of 1. In an even further aspect, each n is an integer with a value of 2.

In a further aspect, each q is an integer independently selected from 0 and 1. In a still further aspect, each q is an integer with a value of 0. In a still further aspect, each q is an integer with a value of 1.

In a further aspect, Y is —NH-(L)_(q)-Ar¹, q is 0, and Ar¹ has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, methyl, and ethyl, or wherein two of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, formula:

wherein Ar¹ has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, methyl, and ethyl, or wherein two of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O, NH, NCH₃, or CH₂.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z¹ is O, S, S(O), SO₂, NH, NCH₃, or CH₂; and wherein Z² is CH₂ or C(O).

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein Z¹ is S, S(O), SO₂, NCH₃, or CH₂.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein each of R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and Ar², provided that no more than three of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) are not hydrogen; and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and Ar², provided that no more than three of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) are not hydrogen; and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and Ar², provided that no more than three of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) are not hydrogen; and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Ar¹ has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) is independently selected from hydrogen, F, —Cl, —Br, methyl, and ethyl, or wherein two of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:

In a further aspect, the compound has a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Also disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by a formula:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

Also disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by a formula:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and wherein all variables are as defined herein.

Suitable substituents are described below.

A. G Groups

In one aspect, G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

In a further aspect, G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

In a further aspect, G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

In a further aspect, G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

In a further aspect, G has a structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, G has a structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, G has a structure represented by a formula:

B. L Moiety

In one aspect, L is a moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, —CH═CH—, and -(cyclopropyl)-. In a further aspect, L is a moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, and —CH═CH—. In a still further aspect, L is a moiety selected from —CH₂— and —(CH₂)₂—. In yet a further aspect, L is —CH₂—. In an even further aspect, L is —(CH₂)₂—. In a still further aspect, L is —CH═CH—. In a still further aspect, L is -(cyclopropyl)-.

C. Y Groups

In one aspect, Y is —NH-(L)q-Ar1. In a further aspect, wherein q is 0, Y is —NH—Ar¹.

D. Z¹ Groups

In one aspect, Z¹ is O, S, S(O), SO₂, NH, NCH₃, or CH₂.

In a further aspect, Z¹ is S, S(O), or SO₂. In a further aspect, Z¹ is S or S(O). In a still further aspect, Z¹ is S or SO₂. In yet a further aspect, Z¹ is S(O) or SO₂. In an even further aspect, Z¹ is S. In a still further aspect, Z¹ is S(O). In yet a further aspect, Z¹ is SO₂.

In one aspect, Z¹ is O, NH, NCH₃, or CH₂. In a further aspect, Z¹ is O, NH, or CH₂. In a still further aspect, Z¹ is O or NH. In yet a further aspect, Z¹ is O or CH₂. In an even further aspect, Z¹ is NH or CH₂. In a still further aspect, Z¹ is NH or NCH₃. In yet a further aspect, Z¹ is NCH₃ or CH₂. In an even further aspect, Z¹ is O. In a still further aspect, Z¹ is NH. In yet a further aspect, Z¹ is NCH₃. In an even further aspect, Z¹ is CH₂.

E. Z² Groups

In one aspect, Z² is CH₂ or C(O). In a further aspect, Z² is CH₂. In a still further aspect, Z² is C(O).

F. R^(1A) And R^(1B) Groups

In one aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl.

In a further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is selected methyl and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is methyl.

In a further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is selected methyl and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is methyl.

In a further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is selected from hydrogen, ethyl, and methyl. In a yet further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is selected from hydrogen and methyl.

In a further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is selected from hydrogen and halogen. In a still further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, and —Br. In a yet further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is selected from hydrogen, —Cl, —Br, and —I. In an even further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is selected from hydrogen, —Br, and —I.

In a further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is halogen. In a still further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is selected from —F, —Cl, and —Br. In a yet further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is selected from —Cl, —Br, and —I. In an even further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is selected from —Br and —I. In a still further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is F. In a yet further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is —Cl. In an even further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is —Br. In a still further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen and R^(1b) is —I.

In a further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is halogen. In a still further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is from —F, —Cl, and —Br. In a yet further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is selected from —Cl, —Br, and —I. In an even further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is selected from —Br and —I. In a still further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is —F. In a yet further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is —Cl. In an even further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is —Br. In a still further aspect, R^(1b) is hydrogen and R^(1a) is —I.

In a further aspect, R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl. In an even further aspect, R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 6- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3-membered spirocycloalkyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 4-membered spirocycloalkyl. In an even further aspect, R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 5-membered spirocycloalkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 6-membered spirocycloalkyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 7-membered spirocycloalkyl.

In a further aspect, R^(1a) is hydrogen or methyl; and wherein R^(1b) is hydrogen. In a still further aspect, each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is hydrogen. In yet a further aspect, R^(1a) is methyl and R^(1b) is hydrogen.

G. R² Groups

In one aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b); or R² is —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b). In a still further aspect, R² is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, R² is —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, methyl, ethyl, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂NH₂, —CH₂NH₂, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH, and —(CHOH)CH₃. In a still further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, methyl, —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, —CH₂OH, and —(CHOH)CH₃.

In a further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, and —CH₂OH. In a still further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —NH₂, —OH, —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, and —CH₂OH.

In a further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, and —OH. In a still further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, and —OH. In a yet further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —NH₂, and —OH.

In a further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, methyl, ethyl, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂NH₂, —CH₂NH₂. In a still further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, methyl, —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂NH₂.

In a further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, and —NO₂. In a still further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, and —NO₂. In a yet further aspect, R² is selected from hydrogen, —F, —NH₂, —OH, and —NO₂.

In a further aspect, R² is —F. In a still further aspect, R² is —Cl. In a yet further aspect, R² is —NH₂. In an even further aspect, R² is —OH. In a still further aspect, R² is —CH₂NH₂. In yet a further aspect, R² is —CH₂NH₂. In an even further aspect, R² is —NO₂.

In a further aspect, R² is hydrogen, hydroxyl, or methyl. In a still further aspect, R² is hydrogen or hydroxyl. In yet a further aspect, R² is hydrogen or methyl. In an even further aspect, R² is hydroxyl or methyl. In a still further aspect, R² is hydrogen. In yet a further aspect, R² is hydroxyl. In an even further aspect, R² is methyl.

In a further aspect, R² is selected from —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b). In a still further aspect, R² is selected from —OC(O)CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b), —OC(O)CH₂CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b), —OC(O)CH₂CH₂CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b), —OCH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b), —OCH₂CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —OCH₂CH₂CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b). In yet a further aspect, R² is selected from —OC(O)CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b), —OC(O)CH₂CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b), —OCH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b) and —OCH₂CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b). In an even further aspect, R² is selected from —OC(O)CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —OCH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b). In an even further aspect, R² is selected from —OC(O)CH₂CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b) and —OCH₂CH₂NR^(6a)R^(6b).

In a further aspect, R² is hydrogen, hydroxyl, —NH₂, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), or —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b).

H. R³ Groups

In one aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. In a further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl. In a still further aspect, R³ is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a yet further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and methyl. In an even further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 independently groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a still further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In various further aspects, R³ is selected from hydrogen and ethyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 independently groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a still further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and ethyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a yet further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In an even further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen and methyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R³ is C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 independently groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a still further aspect, R³ is C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R³ is C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a further aspect, R³ is C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R³ is C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a further aspect, R³ is C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In various further aspects, R³ is ethyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 independently groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a still further aspect, R³ is ethyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a yet further aspect, R³ is selected from methyl and ethyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In an even further aspect, R³ is methyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R³ is C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R³ is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, R³ is methyl. In an even further aspect, R³ is ethyl.

In a further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH, and —(CHOH)CH₃.

In a further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂OH, and —(CH₂)₂OH. In a still further aspect, R³ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, and —(CH₂)₂OH. In a yet further aspect, R³ is —(CH₂)₂OH.

I. R⁴ Groups

In one aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C6 alkylamino; or R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G, provided at least one of R² and R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; or wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)0G, provided that the heterocycle is substituted is substituted with at least one group that is —(C0-C6)-G when R² is not —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is selected hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, —C1-C3 alkylamino, and C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl. In yet a further aspect, R⁴ is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In yet a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, i-propyl, and n-propyl. In an even further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and methyl. In yet a further aspect, R⁴ is methyl. In an even further aspect, R⁴ is ethyl.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 4 independently groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 4 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In various further aspects, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and ethyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 4 independently groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and ethyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a yet further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In an even further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and methyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 4 independently groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 4 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a further aspect, R⁴ is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a further aspect, R⁴ is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In various further aspects, R⁴ is ethyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 4 independently groups selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is ethyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In a yet further aspect, R⁴ is selected from methyl and ethyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH. In an even further aspect, R⁴ is methyl optionally substituted with one group selected from —NH₂, —OH, and —SH.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), (C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G, provided that the heterocycle is substituted with at least one group that is —(C0-C6)-G when R² is not —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, methyl, ethyl, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, —(CH₂)₂NH₂, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)OCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, and —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 8-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), (C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 8-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, methyl, ethyl, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, —(CH₂)₂NH₂, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)OCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, and —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 6-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 6-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, methyl, ethyl, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, —(CH₂)₂NH₂, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)OCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, and —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 5-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 5-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, methyl, ethyl, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, —(CH₂)₂NH₂, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)OCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, and —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon, oxygen, and/or nitrogen, comprise a 6-membered heterocycle substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, oxo, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-R³³, —C(NR^(32a)R^(32b))R³¹—(C1-C3 alkyl)-R³³, and —(C0-C6)-G. In a still further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon, oxygen, and/or nitrogen, comprise an unsubstituted 6-membered heterocycle.

In various further aspects, wherein R³ and R⁴ are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon, oxygen, and/or nitrogen, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, oxo, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-R³³, —C(NR^(32a)R^(32b))R³¹—(C1-C3 alkyl)-R³³, and —(C0-C6)-G.

In various further aspects, wherein R³ and R⁴ are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate atoms comprise a morpholinyl ring substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, oxo, —C 1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-R³³, —C(NR^(32a)R^(32b))R³¹—(C1-C3 alkyl)-R³³, and —(C0-C6)-G.

In various further aspects, wherein R³ and R⁴ are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate atoms comprise a morpholinyl ring substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, methyl, ethyl, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, —(CH₂)₂NH₂, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)OCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, and —(C0-C6)-G.

In various further aspects, wherein R³ and R⁴ are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate atoms comprise a piperazinyl ring substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, oxo, —C 1-C3 alkylamino, C 1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-R³³, —C(NR^(32a)R^(32b))R³¹—(C1-C3 alkyl)-R³³, and —(C0-C6)-G.

In various further aspects, wherein R³ and R⁴ are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate atoms comprise a piperazinyl ring substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, methyl, ethyl, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, —(CH₂)₂NH₂, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)(CH₂CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)OCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —CH₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —CH₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)NHCH₂CH₃, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —(CH₂)₂(C═O)(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, and —(C0-C6)-G.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a thiomorpholine substituted with 0, 1, or 2 oxo groups.

In a further aspect, R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a heterocycle selected from:

In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl. In a yet further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, R⁴ is methyl. In an even further aspect, R⁴ is ethyl.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH, and —(CHOH)CH₃.

In a further aspect, R⁴ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂OH, —(CH₂)₂OH. In a still further aspect, R⁴ is CH₂OH. In an even further aspect, R⁴ is —(CH2)20H.

J. R^(5A), R^(5B), and R^(5C) Groups

In one aspect, each of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy, provided that at least one of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is not hydrogen.

In a further aspect, R^(5b) is hydrogen; and each of R^(5a) and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy. In a still further aspect, R^(5b) is hydrogen; and each of R^(5a) and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and methoxy.

In a further aspect, R^(5b) is methyl; and each of R^(5a) and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy. In a still further aspect, R^(5b) is methyl; and each of R^(5a) and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and ethoxy.

In a further aspect, R^(5a) is hydrogen; and each of R^(5b) and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy. In a still further aspect, R^(5a) is hydrogen; and each of R^(5b) and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and methoxy.

In a further aspect, R^(5a) is methyl; and each of R^(5b) and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy. In a still further aspect, R^(5a) is methyl; and each of R^(5b) and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and methoxy. In yet a further aspect, R^(5c) is methyl; and each of R^(5b) and R^(5c) is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, R^(5c) is hydrogen; and each of R^(5a) and R^(5b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy. In a still further aspect, R^(5c) is hydrogen; and each of R^(5a) and R^(5b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and methoxy.

In a further aspect, R^(5c) is methyl; and each of R^(5a) and R^(5b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy. In a still further aspect, R^(5c) is methyl; and each of R^(5a) and R^(5b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and methoxy. In yet a further aspect, R^(5c) is methyl; and each of R^(5c) and R^(5b) is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each of R^(5a) and R^(5c) is methyl; and R^(5b) is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, R^(5c) is methyl and R^(5c) is hydrogen. In a still further aspect, R^(5a) is hydrogen and R^(5c) is methyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(5a) is methyl and R^(5c) is methyl.

K. R^(6A) and R^(6B) Groups

In one aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(66b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and isopropyl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.

In a further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently is C1-C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and isopropyl. In a yet further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is selected is selected from methyl and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is ethyl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is methyl.

In a further aspect, R^(6a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(6b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R^(6a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(6b), when present, is selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a yet further aspect, R^(6a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(6b), when present, is selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, R^(6a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(6b), when present, is C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(6a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(6b), when present, is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, R^(6a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(6b), when present, is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R^(6a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(6b), when present, is methyl.

L. R³⁰ Groups

In one aspect, R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl. In a further aspect, R³⁰, when present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a yet further aspect, R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, R³⁰, when present, is C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R³⁰, when present, is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, R³⁰, when present, is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R³⁰, when present, is methyl.

M. R^(32A) and R^(32B) Groups

In one aspect, each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl. In a further aspect, each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a yet further aspect, each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently is C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is selected is ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is methyl.

In a further aspect, R^(32a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(32b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R^(32a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(32b), when present, is selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a yet further aspect, R^(32a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(32b), when present, is selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, R^(32a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(32b), when present, is C1-C3 alkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(32a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(32b), when present, is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a yet further aspect, R^(32a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(32b), when present, is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R^(32a), when present, is hydrogen and R^(32b), when present, is methyl.

N. R⁴⁰ Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is C1-C6 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is C1-C3 alkyl. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is methyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is ethyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, phenyl, and benzyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, phenyl, and naphthyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is hydrogen or phenyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is hydrogen or benzyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is hydrogen or naphthyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from phenyl, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from phenyl and benzyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from phenyl and naphthyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from benzyl and naphthyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is phenyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is benzyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is naphthyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, and benzyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and phenyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and benzyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and naphthyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, and benzyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and phenyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and benzyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and naphthyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and monocyclic heteroaryl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, and pyridine. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, and pyridine. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen, pyrrole, furan, and thiophene. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is pyrrole. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is furan. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is thiophene. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is pyridine.

O. R^(41A) and R^(41B) Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), where present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b) when present, is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from C1-C3 alkyl. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is methyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is ethyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, phenyl, and benzyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, phenyl, and naphthyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is hydrogen or phenyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is hydrogen or benzyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is hydrogen or naphthyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from phenyl, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of lea and R^(41b), when present, is selected from phenyl and benzyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from phenyl and naphthyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from benzyl and naphthyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is phenyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is benzyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is naphthyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, and benzyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and phenyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and benzyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and naphthyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, and naphthyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, and benzyl. In a yet further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and phenyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and benzyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and naphthyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen and monocyclic heteroaryl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, and pyridine. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, and pyridine. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is selected from hydrogen, pyrrole, furan, and thiophene. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is pyrrole. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is furan. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is thiophene. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(41a and R) ^(41b), when present, is pyridine.

P. R^(42A) and R^(42B) Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is ethyl.

Q. R⁴³ Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is ethyl.

R. R^(44A) and R^(44B) Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is ethyl.

S. R⁴⁵ Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is ethyl.

T. R⁴⁶ Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl.

In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is methyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is ethyl.

U. R^(60A), R^(60B), R^(60C), R^(60D), and R^(60E) Groups

In one aspect, each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and Ar², provided that no more than three of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) are not hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, and Ar², provided that no more than three of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), and are not hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, and —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, provided that no more than three of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) and are not hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, provided that no more than three of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) are not hydrogen.

V. R^(70A) and R^(70B) Groups

In one aspect, each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In a further aspect, each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen and ethyl. In yet a further aspect, each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is methyl. In an even further aspect, each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is ethyl.

In a further aspect, R^(70a) is hydrogen and R^(70b) is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R^(70a) is hydrogen and R^(70b) is methyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(70a) is hydrogen and R^(70b) is ethyl.

In a further aspect, R^(70b) is hydrogen and R^(70a) is selected from methyl and ethyl. In a still further aspect, R^(70b) is hydrogen and R^(70a) is methyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(70b) is hydrogen and R^(70a) is ethyl.

In a further aspect, R^(70a) is hydrogen or methyl; and R^(70b) is hydrogen. In a still further aspect, R^(70a) is methyl and R^(70b) is hydrogen. In yet a further aspect, each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is hydrogen

W. AR¹ Groups

In one aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and Ar².

In one aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═OR⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², (C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar²; or wherein Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar². In a still further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and Ar².

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In a still further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In yet a further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In an even further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is unsubstituted.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In a still further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In yet a further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In an even further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is unsubstituted.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In a still further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In yet a further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In an even further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is unsubstituted.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0 or 1 heteroatom selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In a still further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 1 heteroatom selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy. In yet a further aspect, Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having O heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, and —(C═O)OR⁴⁶. In a still further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 monohaloalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, —SO₂R⁴⁰, —SO₂NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, and —(C═O)OR⁴⁶. In a yet further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl, and wherein Ar¹ is unsubstituted.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolinyl, indolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, and pyrazolyl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, and —(C═O)OR⁴⁶. In a still further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolinyl, indolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, and pyrazolyl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, —SO₂R⁴⁰, —SO₂NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, and —(C═O)OR⁴⁶. In a yet further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolinyl, indolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, and pyrazolyl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —(C═O)OH, and —(C═O)OCH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar².

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar².

In one aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar².

In one aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 2 or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar².

In one aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar².

In one aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), (C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), (C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar².

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, and Ar². In a still further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —(C═O)OH, and —(C═O)OCH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, and —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar².

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, and Ar².

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, and —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), (C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar².

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, and Ar².

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, and —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), (C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), (C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar².

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃, and Ar².

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NHCH₃, —SO₂N(CH₃)₂, —(C═O)NH₂, —(C═O)NHCH₃, —(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)NH₂, —NH(C═O)NHCH₃, —NH(C═O)N(CH₃)₂, —NH(C═O)H, —NH(C═O)CH₃, —NH(C═O)CH₂CH₃, —(C═O)OH, —(C═O)OCH₃, and —(C═O)OCH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, provided that at least two of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) are hydrogen.

In a further aspect, Ar¹ has a structure represented by a formula:

X. AR² Groups

In one aspect, each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino. In a further aspect, each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —OH, —CN, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂Cl, —CHCl₂, —CCl₃, —OCH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, each Ar², when present, is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, each Ar², when present, is phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —OH, —CN, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂Cl, —CHCl₂, —CCl₃, —OCH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, each Ar², when present, is naphthyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, each Ar², when present, is naphthyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —OH, —CN, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂Cl, —CHCl₂, —CCl₃, —OCH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, each Ar², when present, is heteroaryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, each Ar², when present, is heteroaryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —OH, —CN, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂Cl, —CHCl₂, —CCl₃, —OCH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, each Ar², when present, is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, each Ar², when present, is pyridinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —OH, —CN, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂Cl, —CHCl₂, —CCl₃, —OCH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

In a further aspect, each Ar², when present, is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino. In a still further aspect, each Ar², when present, is pyrimidinyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —OH, —CN, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂Cl, —CHCl₂, —CCl₃, —OCH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

2. Example Compounds

In one aspect, a compound can be present as one or more of the following structures:

or a subgroup thereof.

In one aspect, a compound can be present as one or more of the following structures:

or a subgroup thereof.

It is contemplated that one or more compounds can optionally be omitted from the disclosed invention.

It is understood that the disclosed compounds can be used in connection with the disclosed methods, compositions, kits, and uses.

It is understood that pharmaceutical acceptable derivatives of the disclosed compounds can be used also in connection with the disclosed methods, compositions, kits, and uses. The pharmaceutical acceptable derivatives of the compounds can include any suitable derivative, such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts as discussed below, isomers, radiolabeled analogs, tautomers, and the like.

3. Prophetic Compounds

The following compound examples are prophetic, and can be prepared using the synthesis methods described herein above and other general methods as needed as would be known to one skilled in the art. It is anticipated that the prophetic compounds would be active as activators of the CLPP endopeptidase, and such activity can be determined using the assay methods described herein above.

Thus, in one aspect, a compound can be selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

It is contemplated that one or more compounds can optionally be omitted from the disclosed invention.

It is understood that the disclosed compounds can be used in connection with the disclosed methods, compositions, kits, and uses.

It is understood that pharmaceutical acceptable derivatives of the disclosed compounds can be used also in connection with the disclosed methods, compositions, kits, and uses. The pharmaceutical acceptable derivatives of the compounds can include any suitable derivative, such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts as discussed below, isomers, radiolabeled analogs, tautomers, and the like.

4. ClpP Enhancer Activity

ClpP protease is normally fairly selective—it clears misfolded proteins that are fed into the enzyme by accessory ClpA, ClpC and ClpX subunits that use ATP to specifically recognize, unfold and translocate the substrate into the ClpP proteolytic chamber for degradation (Gottesman, S. & Maurizi, M. R. Microbiol Rev (1992) 56:592-621; Gottesman, S., et al. Genes & development (1998) 12:1338-1347). Acyldepsipeptide (ADEP) is an antimicrobial lipopeptide that binds to the ClpX activation domain of ClpP, widening the entry pore on the proximal and distal ends of the protein (Sass, P., et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (2011) 108:17474-17479). The result is that ClpP becomes an unregulated protease that does not require ATP, which forces even dormant cells to self-digest. Without wishing to be bound by a particular theory, the disclosed compounds of the present invention are believed to bind to the activation domain of ClpP and exert their antibacterial activity by opening the entry to the proteolytic chamber of ClpP, thereby resulting in self-digestion of target bacteria.

C. Methods of Making the Compounds

In one aspect, the invention relates to compounds useful as activators of the ClpP protease, methods of making same, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, and methods of treating infectious disease. In one aspect, the invention relates to the disclosed synthetic manipulations. In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds comprise the products of the synthetic methods described herein. In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds comprise a compound produced by a synthetic method described herein. In a still further aspect, the invention comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the product of the disclosed methods and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In a still further aspect, the invention comprises a method for manufacturing a medicament comprising at least one compound of any of disclosed compounds or at least one product of the disclosed methods, and combining the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

The compounds of this invention can be prepared by employing reactions as shown in the disclosed schemes, in addition to other standard manipulations that are known in the literature, exemplified in the experimental sections or clear to one skilled in the art. The following examples are provided so that the invention might be more fully understood, are illustrative only, and should not be construed as limiting. For clarity, examples having a fewer substituent can be shown where multiple substituents are allowed under the definitions disclosed herein.

It is contemplated that each disclosed method can further comprise additional steps, manipulations, and/or components. It is also contemplated that any one or more step, manipulation, and/or component can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed method can be used to provide the disclosed compounds. It is also understood that the products of the disclosed methods can be employed in the disclosed compositions, kits, and uses.

1. Route I

In one aspect, synthetic intermediates useful for the synthesis of substituted urea depsipeptide analogs of the present invention can be prepared generically by the synthetic scheme as shown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is set forth below.

In one aspect, compounds of the present invention, e.g., compounds of Formula 1.6, can be prepared beginning with reaction of compounds of Formulas 1.1 and 1.2 to yield compounds of Formula 1.3. The coupling of 1.1 and 1.2 can be carried out using an appropriate dehydrating (or coupling) agent, e.g., EDC (N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide), with an appropriate additive agent, e.g., HOBt (N-hydroxybenzotriazole), in a suitable solvent, e.g., DMF, and the reaction carried out at a suitable temperature, e.g., about 15° C. to about 30° C., for an appropriate period of time to complete the reaction, e.g., about 10 hr to about 30 hr. The next step of the synthesis sequence involves a multi-step reaction that can be carried out in a single reaction vessel. In the first step, the product from the preceding reaction, 1.3, is treated with an acid, e.g., HCl, in a suitable solvent, e.g., DMF, and carried out at a suitable temperature, e.g., about 15° C. to about 30° C., for a suitable period of time to complete the reaction, e.g., about 30 min to about 120 min. The next is the coupling of the Boc-protected 1.4 with 1.3, which was deprotected in the prior step with HCl. The coupling reaction involves a suitable catalyst, e.g. HOBt, with a suitable base, e.g., DIEA, and carried out at a suitable temperature, e.g., about 15° C. to about 30° C., for an appropriate period of time to complete the reaction, e.g., about 10 h to about 30 h. The last step, preparation of 1.5 from 1.4 involves hydrogenation and is carried out using a suitable transition metal catalyst such as, palladium absorbed on activated carbon, in the presence of hydrogen gas.

In amide bond formation reaction (or alternatively peptide bond formation reaction) above, the reaction involves a dehydrating (or coupling) agent, and as specifically illustrated above in the preparation of 1.3, an agent such as EDC. Other suitable dehydrating agents generally include carbodiimides such as, for example, N,N′-diethyl-, N,N,′-dipropyl-, N,N′-diisopropyl-, N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) (optionally in the presence of pentafluorophenol (PFP)), N-cyclohexylcarbo-diimide-N′-propyloxymethyl-polystyrene (PS-carbodiimide) or carbonyl compounds such as carbonyldiimidazole, or 1,2-oxazolium compounds such as 2-ethyl-5-phenyl-1,2-oxazolium 3-sulfate or 2-tert-butyl-5-methyl-isoxazolium perchlorate, or acylamino compounds such as 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, or propanephosphonic anhydride, or isobutyl chloroformate, or bis-(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)-phosphoryl chloride or benzotriazolyloxy-tri(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetra-methyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), 2-(2-oxo-1-(2H)-pyridyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoro-borate (TPTU) or 0-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), or 1-hydroxybenztriazole (HOBt), or benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluoro-phosphate (BOP), or mixtures of these, with bases.

Reactions of the type discussed above involving a dehydrating agent often require the use of a base, which in the preparation of 1.3 was indicated as DIEA (diisopropylethylamine). Other suitable bases include, for example, alkali metal carbonates, such as, for example, sodium or potassium carbonate, or sodium or potassium hydrogen carbonate, organic bases such as, for example, trialkylamines, for example triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, or 4-dimethylaminopyridine.

2. Route II

In one aspect, synthetic intermediates useful for the synthesis of substituted urea depsipeptide analogs of the present invention can be prepared generically by the synthetic scheme as shown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is set forth below.

The intermediate 2.5 is prepared by starting with the preparation of 2.3 from the reaction of 2.1 and 2.2 in the presence of a suitable base, e.g., triethylamine, in a suitable solvent and the reaction is carried out under standard conditions known to one skilled in the art. Next, 2.3 is used to form a ester linkage with 2.4 in the presence of a suitable base, e.g., 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), and a suitable carbodiimide, e.g., EDC, and the reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent and at a suitable temperature for a time sufficient to complete the reaction, providing 2.5, after deprotection with 4N hydrochloric acid in dioxane.

3. Route III

In one aspect, synthetic intermediates useful for the synthesis of substituted urea depsipeptide analogs of the present invention can be prepared generically by the synthetic scheme as shown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is set forth below.

In one aspect, compounds of the present invention, e.g., compounds of similar in structure to Formula 3.4 can be prepared beginning with coupling reaction of intermediate compounds similar in structure to compounds of Formulas 1.6 and 2.5 to yield compounds similar in structure to compounds of Formula 3.1. Compounds of Formulas 1.6 and 2.5 can be obtained from by the methods described herein in above for Routes I and II. The coupling reaction of compounds of Formulas 1.6 and 2.5 can carried out by peptide coupling chemistries such as those shown above, or other similar methods known to one skilled in the art. For example, the coupling is carried out in the presence a suitable coupling agents, e.g., HOBt (N-Hydroxybenzotriazole) and TPTU (O-(2-Oxo-1(2H)pyridyl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate), and a suitable base, e.g., DIEA (N,N-diisopropylethylamine), and the reaction carried out a suitable temperature, e.g., about 0° C. to about 30° C., for a suitable period of time, e.g., about 12 h to about 24 h, to insure completion of the reaction, thus providing compounds such as 3.1.

The product of the foregoing reaction, a compound such as 3.1, is then subjected to reaction conditions to in order to carry out macrolactonization. The reaction can be accomplished in successive reactions carried out in a one-pot multistage reaction. For example, in the first step, reductive ester hydrolysis is carried out using suitable reagents, e.g., zinc in the presence of about 90% (v/v) acetic acid, and carrying the reaction out at a suitable temperature, e.g., about 15° C. to about 30° C., for a suitable period of time to complete the reaction, e.g., about 1 h to about 3 h. The second step involves formation of an active ester, e.g., using a suitable carbodiimide such as EDC (N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide), and a reagent to introduce an ester activating group, e.g., pentafluorophenol, in a suitable inert solvent, e.g. dichloromethane, and the reaction is carried out at a suitable temperature, e.g., about −20° C. to about 25° C., for a suitable period of time to complete the reaction, e.g., about 16 h to about 30 h. In the next step, the Boc protecting group is removed by treatment with acid, e.g., 1-4N HCl, in a suitable inert solvent, e.g., dioxane, for a period of time to complete selective deprotection, e.g., about 30 min to about 120 min, followed by solvent removal. Finally, cyclization is accomplished by in a two-phase mixture, e.g., water/dichloromethane or water/chloroform, by neutralization with aqueous buffer, e.g., sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, under dilution conditions, to yield the desired macrolactone, i.e., a compound such as 3.2.

In the cyclization reaction above, the second step involves a dehydrating (or coupling) agent, and as specifically illustrated above, an agent such as EDC. Other suitable dehydrating agents generally include carbodiimides such as, for example, N,N′-diethyl-, N,N,′-dipropyl-, N,N′-diisopropyl-, N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) (optionally in the presence of pentafluorophenol (PFP)), N-cyclohexylcarbo-diimide-N′-propyloxymethyl-polystyrene (PS-carbodiimide) or carbonyl compounds such as carbonyldiimidazole, or 1,2-oxazolium compounds such as 2-ethyl-5-phenyl-1,2-oxazolium 3-sulfate or 2-tert-butyl-5-methyl-isoxazolium perchlorate, or acylamino compounds such as 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, or propanephosphonic anhydride, or isobutyl chloroformate, or bis-(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)-phosphoryl chloride or benzotriazolyloxy-tri(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetra-methyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), 2-(2-oxo-1-(2H)-pyridyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoro-borate (TPTU) or 0-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), or 1-hydroxybenztriazole (HOBt), or benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluoro-phosphate (BOP), or mixtures of these, with bases.

In the last step of the cyclization reaction, a base is required, which in the specific foregoing example was indicated as sodium hydrogen carbonate. Other suitable bases include, for example, alkali metal carbonates, such as, for example, sodium or potassium carbonate, or sodium or potassium hydrogen carbonate, or organic bases such as trialkylamines, for example triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or diisopropylethylamine.

Compounds such as 3.5 can be prepared by coupling a suitable amino acid derivative, such as compound 3.3, with the macrolactone, a compound such as 3.2, prepared as described above. Again, a multi-step reaction can be carried out in a single pot reaction. For example, initially hydrogenation is carried out, e.g., using a suitable transition metal catalyst such as, palladium absorbed on activated carbon, in the presence of hydrogen gas. The second step involves coupling of a suitable amino acid, such as compound such as 3.3, with the hydrogenated macrolactone 3.2, in the presence of a suitable dehydrating (or coupling) agent, e.g., HATU (1-[Bis-(dimethylamino)methyliumyl]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridine-3-oxide hexafluorophosphate), and a suitable base, e.g., DIEA, in a suitable solvent, e.g., dimethylformamide, and the reaction carried out at a suitable temperature, e.g., about 15° C. to about 30° C., for a suitable period of time to complete the reaction, e.g., about 30 min to about 120 min.

In the foregoing reaction, the initial hydrogenation of compound 3.2 can be accomplished utilizing other transition metals, including, for example, palladium, platinum or rhodium. The amount of transition metal catalyst in the reaction can be from about 0.01 to about 1 equivalent based on the amount of compound 3.2. In various aspects, the amount of transition metal catalyst can be from about 0.05 to about 0.2 equivalents of the macrolactone compound such as compound 3.2. Suitable dehydrating (or coupling) agents in this context, i.e., the preparation of compounds similar to 3.4 from macrolactones similar to 3.2, are those described previously above, or mixtures of such dehydrating agents with bases. Suitable bases, in this context, are also as described above. In various aspects, as shown in the specific foregoing example, the dehydrating agent is HATU and the base is DIEA. Suitable solvents in this context are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include halogenohydrocarbons such as dichloromethane or trichloromethane, hydrocarbon such as benzene, nitromethane, dioxane, dimethylformamide, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoramide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. In various aspects, the solvent in this context is dimethylformamide.

As can be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants illustrated above, i.e., compounds similar in structure to Formulas (1.6), (2.5), (3.1), (3.2), and (3.3), and appropriate reagents, can be substituted in the reaction to provide an intermediate similar to Formula (3.4).

4. Route IV

In one aspect, substituted urea depsipeptide analogs of the present invention can be prepared generically by the synthetic scheme as shown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is set forth below.

In one aspect, compounds of the present invention, e.g., compounds such as 4.1, or similar in structure to 4.1, can be prepared by reaction of a macrolactone, e.g., a compound such as 3.4, or compounds similar in structure to 3.4, with a suitable isocyanates, e.g., as shown above, phenyl isocyanates. The preparation of suitable macrolactones, such as 3.4, or compounds similar in structure to 3.4, are prepared as described herein above. Suitable isocyanates, such as aryl isocyanates or alkaryl isocyanates, can be obtained from commercial sources or can be readily prepared by skilled in the art according to methods described in the literature. Phenyl isocyanate is available commercially. The preparation of 4.1 is carried out in a two-step reaction, the first step involving acid catalyzed deprotection, e.g., treatment of 3.4 with 4 N HCl in dioxane to effect removal of the Boc protecting group. The deprotected 3.4 is then reacted with the desired isocyanates, e.g., phenyl isocyanates as shown above, stirring at room temperature in the presence of triethylamine and DMF, to provide the target compound, 4.1. Briefly, about 1.0 equivalents of the isocyanate, 1 equivalent of 3.4, and about 3 to about 5 equivalents of triethylamine are mixed together in a suitable solvent, e.g., DMF, in a round-bottom flask, and stirred at a suitable temperature, e.g., about room temperature, for a period of time sufficient to complete the reaction, e.g., about 10 to about 20 min. The solvent is then removed under reduced pressure, and the crude residue purified by a suitable chromatographic method, e.g., reverse-phase flash column chromatography, with a suitable gradient, e.g., water to acetonitrile gradient.

5. Route V

In one aspect, synthetic intermediates useful for the synthesis of substituted urea depsipeptide analogs of the present invention can be prepared generically by the synthetic scheme as shown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is set forth below.

The intermediate 5.4 is prepared by starting with the preparation of 5.2 from the reaction of 5.1 and 2.2 in the presence of a suitable base, e.g., triethylamine, in a suitable solvent and the reaction is carried out under standard conditions known to one skilled in the art. Next, 5.2 is used to form a ester linkage with 5.3 in the presence of a suitable base, e.g., 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), and a suitable carbodiimide, e.g., EDC, and the reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent and at a suitable temperature for a time sufficient to complete the reaction, providing 5.4, after deprotection with 4N hydrochloric acid in dioxane.

6. Route VI

In one aspect, synthetic intermediates useful for the synthesis of substituted urea depsipeptide analogs of the present invention can be prepared generically by the synthetic scheme as shown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is set forth below.

In one aspect, compounds of the present invention, e.g., compounds similar in structure to Formula 6.5 can be prepared beginning with coupling reaction of intermediate compounds similar in structure to compounds of Formulas 6.1 and 5.4 to yield compounds similar in structure to compounds of Formula 6.2. Compounds of Formulas 6.1 and 5.4 can be obtained from by the methods described herein in above for Routes I and V. The coupling reaction of compounds of Formulas 6.1 and 5.4 can be carried out by peptide coupling chemistries such as those shown above, or other similar methods known to one skilled in the art. For example, the coupling may be carried out in the presence a suitable coupling agent, e.g., HOBt (N-Hydroxybenzotriazole) and TPTU (O-(2-Oxo-1(2H)pyridyl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate), and a suitable base, e.g., DIEA (N,N-diisopropylethylamine), and the reaction carried out a suitable temperature, e.g., about 0° C. to about 30° C., for a suitable period of time, e.g., about 12 h to about 24 h, to insure completion of the reaction, thus providing compounds such as 6.2.

The product of the foregoing reaction, a compound such as 6.2, is then subjected to reaction conditions in order to carry out macrolactonization. The reaction can be accomplished in successive reactions carried out in a one-pot multistage reaction. For example, in the first step, reductive ester hydrolysis is carried out using suitable reagents, e.g., zinc in the presence of about 90% (v/v) acetic acid, and carrying the reaction out at a suitable temperature, e.g., about 15° C. to about 30° C., for a suitable period of time to complete the reaction, e.g., about 1 h to about 3 h. The second step involves formation of an active ester using a suitable carbodiimide, e.g., EDC (N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide), and a reagent to introduce an ester activating group, e.g., pentafluorophenol, in a suitable inert solvent, e.g., dichloromethane, and the reaction is carried out at a suitable temperature, e.g., about −20° C. to about 25° C., for a suitable period of time to complete the reaction, e.g., about 16 h to about 30 h. In the next step, the Boc protecting group is removed by treatment with an acid, e.g., 1-4N HCl, in a suitable inert solvent, e.g., dioxane, for a period of time to complete selective deprotection, e.g., about 30 min to about 120 min, followed by solvent removal. Finally, cyclization is accomplished by a two-phase mixture, e.g., water/dichloromethane or water/chloroform, by neutralization with an aqueous buffer, e.g., sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, under dilution conditions, to yield the desired macrolactone 6.3.

In the cyclization reaction above, the second step involves a dehydrating (or coupling) agent, and as specifically illustrated above, an agent such as EDC. Other suitable dehydrating agents generally include carbodiimides such as, for example, N,N′-diethyl-, N,N,′-dipropyl-, N,N′-diisopropyl-, N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) (optionally in the presence of pentafluorophenol (PFP)), N-cyclohexylcarbo-diimide-N′-propyloxymethyl-polystyrene (PS-carbodiimide) or carbonyl compounds such as carbonyldiimidazole, or 1,2-oxazolium compounds such as 2-ethyl-5-phenyl-1,2-oxazolium 3-sulfate or 2-tert-butyl-5-methyl-isoxazolium perchlorate, or acylamino compounds such as 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, or propanephosphonic anhydride, or isobutyl chloroformate, or bis-(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)-phosphoryl chloride or benzotriazolyloxy-tri(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetra-methyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), 2-(2-oxo-1-(2H)-pyridyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoro-borate (TPTU) or 0-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), or 1-hydroxybenztriazole (HOBt), or benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluoro-phosphate (BOP), or mixtures of these, with bases.

In the last step of the cyclization reaction, a base is required, which in the specific foregoing example was indicated as sodium hydrogen carbonate. Other suitable bases include, for example, alkali metal carbonates, such as, for example, sodium or potassium carbonate, or sodium or potassium hydrogen carbonate, or organic bases such as trialkylamines, for example triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or diisopropylethylamine.

Compounds such as 6.5 can be prepared by coupling a suitable amino acid derivative, such as compound 6.4, with the macrolactone, a compound such as 6.3, prepared as described above. Again, a multi-step reaction can be carried out in a single pot reaction. For example, initially hydrogenation is carried out, e.g., using a suitable transition metal catalyst such as, palladium absorbed on activated carbon, in the presence of hydrogen gas. The second step involves coupling of a suitable amino acid, such as compound such as 6.4, with the hydrogenated macrolactone 6.3, in the presence of a suitable dehydrating (or coupling) agent, e.g., HATU (1-[Bis-(dimethylamino)methyliumyl]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridine-3-oxide hexafluorophosphate), and a suitable base, e.g., DIEA, in a suitable solvent, e.g., dimethylformamide, and the reaction carried out at a suitable temperature, e.g., about 15° C. to about 30° C., for a suitable period of time to complete the reaction, e.g., about 30 min to about 120 min.

In the foregoing reaction, the initial hydrogenation of compound 6.3 can be accomplished utilizing other transition metals, including, for example, palladium, platinum or rhodium. The amount of transition metal catalyst in the reaction can be from about 0.01 to about 1 equivalent based on the amount of compound 6.3. In various aspects, the amount of transition metal catalyst can be from about 0.05 to about 0.2 equivalents of the macrolactone compound such as compound 6.3. Suitable dehydrating (or coupling) agents in this context, i.e., the preparation of compounds similar to 6.5 from macrolactones similar to 6.3, are those described previously above, or mixtures of such dehydrating agents with bases. Suitable bases, in this context, are also as described above. In various aspects, as shown in the specific foregoing example, the dehydrating agent is HATU and the base is DIEA. Suitable solvents in this context are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include halogenohydrocarbons such as dichloromethane or trichloromethane, hydrocarbon such as benzene, nitromethane, dioxane, dimethylformamide, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoramide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. In various aspects, the solvent in this context is dimethylformamide.

As can be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the above reaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to the specific reactants illustrated above, i.e., compounds similar in structure to Formulas (5.4), (6.1), (6.2), (6.3), and (6.4), and appropriate reagents, can be substituted in the reaction to provide an intermediate similar to Formula (6.5).

7. Route VII

In one aspect, substituted urea depsipeptide analogs of the present invention can be prepared generically by the synthetic scheme as shown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form, with substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is set forth below.

In one aspect, compounds of the present invention, e.g., compounds such as 7.1, or similar in structure to 7.1, can be prepared by reaction of a macrolactone, e.g., a compound such as 6.5, or compounds similar in structure to 6.5, with a suitable isocyanate, e.g., as shown above, 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene. The preparation of suitable macrolactones, such as 6.5, or compounds similar in structure to 6.5, are prepared as described herein above. Suitable isocyanates, such as aryl isocyanates or alkaryl isocyanates, can be obtained from commercial sources or can be readily prepared by skilled in the art according to methods described in the literature. The preparation of 7.1 is carried out in a two-step reaction, the first step involving acid catalyzed deprotection, e.g., treatment of 6.5 with 4 N HCl in dioxane to effect removal of the Boc protecting group. The deprotected 6.5 is then reacted with the desired isocyanate, e.g., 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene as shown above, stirring at room temperature in the presence of triethylamine, to provide the target compound, 7.1. Briefly, about 1.0 equivalents of the isocyanate, 1 equivalent of 6.5, and from about 3 to about 5 equivalents of triethylamine are mixed together in a suitable solvent, e.g., DMF, in a round-bottom flask, and then stirred at a suitable temperature, e.g., about room temperature, for a period of time sufficient to complete the reaction, e.g., about 10 to about 20 min. The solvent is then removed under reduced pressure, and the crude residue purified by a suitable chromatographic method, e.g., reverse-phase flash column chromatography, with a suitable gradient, e.g., water to acetonitrile gradient.

8. Chiral Resolution

The disclosed methods of making can provide compounds that can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentially give rise to enantiomers and diastereomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the compounds prepared by the disclosed methods include all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolated specific stereoisomers, are also included.

In one aspect, the disclosed methods of making can provide racemic or scalemic mixtures that can be resolved to pure or substantially pure enantiomers using chiral phase chromatography or other suitable methods known to one skilled in the art. Separation can be carried out by the coupling of a racemic mixture of compounds to an enantiomerically pure compound to form a diastereomeric mixture, followed by separation of the individual diastereomers by standard methods, such as fractional crystallization or chromatography. A racemic or diastereomeric mixture of the compounds can also be separated directly by chromatographic methods using chiral stationary phases. As known to one skilled in the art, a variety specific columns and/or mobile phases can affect the desired resolution of enantiomers, and the specific choice can be determined by one skilled in the art. As known to one skilled in the art, chiral chromatography can be carried out in a variety of formats (e.g. SFC, HPLC, and SMB), and other formats can be used to obtain similar results. Moreover, other suitable methods known to one skilled in the art for the separation and isolation of individual enantiomers from a racemic or scalemic mixture can be used to isolate specific enantiomers as needed.

D. Pharmaceutical Compositions

In one aspect, the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the disclosed compounds and products of disclosed methods. That is, a pharmaceutical composition can be provided comprising an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound, at least one product of a disclosed method, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or polymorph thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In one aspect, the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof. In one aspect, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In a further aspect, the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In a still further aspect, the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount. In a still further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a compound that is a product of a disclosed method of making.

In a further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a disclosed compound. In a yet further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a product of a disclosed method of making.

In a further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a disclosed compound that exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 10 μM. In a still further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a disclosed compound that has an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 5.0 μM. In a yet further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a disclosed compound that has an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 2.5 μM. In an even further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a disclosed compound that has an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 1.0 μM.

In one aspect, the pharmaceutical composition is used to treat a mammal. In a yet further aspect, the mammal is a human. In a further aspect, the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of an infectious disease prior to the administering step. In a further aspect, the mammal has been identified to be in need of treatment an infectious disease. In a further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition is used to treat an infectious disease.

In various aspects, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof; and an antibacterial agent.

In various aspects, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises an antibacterial agent. In a further aspect, the antibacterial agent comprises a compound selected from amoxicillin, ampicillin, azithromycin, aztreonam, azlocillin, bacitracin, carbenicillin, cefaclor, cefadroxil, cefamandole, cefazolin, cephalexin, cefdinir, cefditorin, cefepime, cefixime, cefoperazone, cefotaxime, cefoxitin, cefpodoxime, cefprozil, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefuroxime, chloramphenicol, cilastin, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, clavulanic acid, clinafloxacin, clindamycin, clofazimine, cloxacillin, colistin, dalbavancin, dalfopristin, daptomycin, demeclocycline, dicloxacillin, dirithromycin, doxycycline, erythromycin, enrofloxacin, enoxacin, enviomycin, ertepenem, ethambutol, flucloxacillin, fosfomycin, furazolidone, gatifloxacin, gentamicin, imipenem, isoniazid, kanamycin, linezolid, lomefloxacin, loracarbef, mafenide, moxifloxacin, meropenem, metronidazole, mezlocillin, minocycline, mupirocin, nafcillin, nalidixic acid, neomycin, netilmicin, nitrofurantoin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, oritavancin, oxytetracycline, penicillin, piperacillin, platensimycin, polymixin B, quinupristin, retapamulin, rifabutin, rifampin, rifapentine, roxithromycin, sparfloxacin, spectinomycin, sulbactam, sulfacetamide, sulfamethizole, sulfamethoxazole, teicoplanin, telithromycin, telavancin, temafloxacin, tetracycline, tedolizid, thioacetazone, thioridazine, ticarcillin, tinidazole, tobramycin, torezolid, tosufloxacin, trimethoprim, troleandomycin, trovafloxacin, and vancomycin, or combinations thereof.

In certain aspects, the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions comprise the disclosed compounds (including pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, optionally, other therapeutic ingredients or adjuvants. The instant compositions include those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered. The pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids. When the compound of the present invention is acidic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from such inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper (-ic and -ous), ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganese (-ic and -ous), potassium, sodium, zinc and the like salts. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as cyclic amines and substituted amines such as naturally occurring and synthesized substituted amines. Other pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases from which salts can be formed include ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids,” includes inorganic acids, organic acids, and salts prepared therefrom, for example, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like. Preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids.

In practice, the compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, of this invention can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. The carrier can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous). Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be presented as discrete units suitable for oral administration such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. Further, the compositions can be presented as a powder, as granules, as a solution, as a suspension in an aqueous liquid, as a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water emulsion or as a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. In addition to the common dosage forms set out above, the compounds of the invention, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) thereof, can also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices. The compositions can be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, such methods include a step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier that constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. The product can then be conveniently shaped into the desired presentation.

Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds of the invention. The compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds.

The pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas. Examples of solid carriers include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid. Examples of liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water. Examples of gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen.

In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any convenient pharmaceutical media can be employed. For example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like can be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like can be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules are the preferred oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed. Optionally, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques

A tablet containing the composition of this invention can be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants. Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of the invention (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic agents or adjuvants. The instant compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered. The pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration can be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water. A suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions. Furthermore, the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the final injectable form must be sterile and must be effectively fluid for easy syringability. The pharmaceutical compositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be in a form suitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream, ointment, lotion, dusting powder, mouth washes, gargles, and the like. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations can be prepared, utilizing a compound of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt % to about 10 wt % of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.

Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It is preferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories can be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in molds.

In addition to the aforementioned carrier ingredients, the pharmaceutical formulations described above can include, as appropriate, one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives (including anti-oxidants) and the like. Furthermore, other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Compositions containing a compound of the invention, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be prepared in powder or liquid concentrate form.

In the treatment conditions which require modulation of ClpP activity, an appropriate dosage level will generally be about 0.01 to 500 mg per kg patient body weight per day and can be administered in single or multiple doses. Preferably, the dosage level will be about 0.1 to about 250 mg/kg per day; more preferably 0.5 to 100 mg/kg per day. A suitable dosage level can be about 0.01 to 250 mg/kg per day, about 0.05 to 100 mg/kg per day, or about 0.1 to 50 mg/kg per day. Within this range the dosage can be 0.05 to 0.5, 0.5 to 5.0 or 5.0 to 50 mg/kg per day. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 1.0 to 1000 milligrams of the active ingredient, particularly 1.0, 5.0, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 750, 800, 900 and 1000 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage of the patient to be treated. The compound can be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day. This dosing regimen can be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response.

It is understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors. Such factors include the age, body weight, general health, sex, and diet of the patient. Other factors include the time and route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the type and severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.

The present invention is further directed to a method for the manufacture of a medicament for modulating ClpP activity (e.g., treatment of one or more microbial infections) in mammals (e.g., humans) comprising combining one or more disclosed compounds, products, or compositions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. Thus, in one aspect, the invention relates to a method for manufacturing a medicament comprising combining at least one disclosed compound or at least one disclosed product with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

The disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can further comprise other therapeutically active compounds, which are usually applied in the treatment of the above mentioned pathological conditions.

It is understood that the disclosed compositions can be prepared from the disclosed compounds. It is also understood that the disclosed compositions can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.

E. Methods of Using the Compounds and Compositions

Also provided is a method of use of a disclosed compound, composition, or medicament. In one aspect, the method of use is directed to the treatment of an infectious disease. In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds can be used as single agents or in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment, prevention, control, amelioration or reduction of risk of the aforementioned diseases, disorders and conditions for which the compound or the other drugs have utility, where the combination of drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone. The other drug(s) can be administered by a route and in an amount commonly used therefore, contemporaneously or sequentially with a disclosed compound. When a disclosed compound is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such drugs and the disclosed compound is preferred. However, the combination therapy can also be administered on overlapping schedules. It is also envisioned that the combination of one or more active ingredients and a disclosed compound can be more efficacious than either as a single agent.

In one aspect, the compounds can be coadministered with an antibacterial agent. In a further aspect, the compounds can be coadministered with an antibacterial agent selected from amoxicillin, ampicillin, azithromycin, aztreonam, azlocillin, bacitracin, carbenicillin, cefaclor, cefadroxil, cefamandole, cefazolin, cephalexin, cefdinir, cefditorin, cefepime, cefixime, cefoperazone, cefotaxime, cefoxitin, cefpodoxime, cefprozil, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefuroxime, chloramphenicol, cilastin, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, clavulanic acid, clinafloxacin, clindamycin, clofazimine, cloxacillin, colistin, dalbavancin, dalfopristin, daptomycin, demeclocycline, dicloxacillin, dirithromycin, doxycycline, erythromycin, enrofloxacin, enoxacin, enviomycin, ertepenem, ethambutol, flucloxacillin, fosfomycin, furazolidone, gatifloxacin, gentamicin, imipenem, isoniazid, kanamycin, linezolid, lomefloxacin, loracarbef, mafenide, moxifloxacin, meropenem, metronidazole, mezlocillin, minocycline, mupirocin, nafcillin, nalidixic acid, neomycin, netilmicin, nitrofurantoin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, oritavancin, oxytetracycline, penicillin, piperacillin, platensimycin, polymixin B, quinupristin, retapamulin, rifabutin, rifampin, rifapentine, roxithromycin, sparfloxacin, spectinomycin, sulbactam, sulfacetamide, sulfamethizole, sulfamethoxazole, teicoplanin, telithromycin, telavancin, temafloxacin, tetracycline, tedolizid, thioacetazone, thioridazine, ticarcillin, tinidazole, tobramycin, torezolid, tosufloxacin, trimethoprim, troleandomycin, trovafloxacin, and vancomycin, or combinations thereof.

In a further aspect, the compounds can be administered in combination with one or more antibacterial agents, and salts thereof and combinations thereof. In a still further aspect, the compounds can be administered in combination with an antibacterial agent selected from amoxicillin, ampicillin, azithromycin, aztreonam, azlocillin, bacitracin, carbenicillin, cefaclor, cefadroxil, cefamandole, cefazolin, cephalexin, cefdinir, cefditorin, cefepime, cefixime, cefoperazone, cefotaxime, cefoxitin, cefpodoxime, cefprozil, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefuroxime, chloramphenicol, cilastin, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, clavulanic acid, clinafloxacin, clindamycin, clofazimine, cloxacillin, colistin, dalbavancin, dalfopristin, daptomycin, demeclocycline, dicloxacillin, dirithromycin, doxycycline, erythromycin, enrofloxacin, enoxacin, enviomycin, ertepenem, ethambutol, flucloxacillin, fosfomycin, furazolidone, gatifloxacin, gentamicin, imipenem, isoniazid, kanamycin, linezolid, lomefloxacin, loracarbef, mafenide, moxifloxacin, meropenem, metronidazole, mezlocillin, minocycline, mupirocin, nafcillin, nalidixic acid, neomycin, netilmicin, nitrofurantoin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, oritavancin, oxytetracycline, penicillin, piperacillin, platensimycin, polymixin B, quinupristin, retapamulin, rifabutin, rifampin, rifapentine, roxithromycin, sparfloxacin, spectinomycin, sulbactam, sulfacetamide, sulfamethizole, sulfamethoxazole, teicoplanin, telithromycin, telavancin, temafloxacin, tetracycline, tedolizid, thioacetazone, thioridazine, ticarcillin, tinidazole, tobramycin, torezolid, tosufloxacin, trimethoprim, troleandomycin, trovafloxacin, and vancomycin, or combinations thereof.

The pharmaceutical compositions and methods of the present invention can further comprise other therapeutically active compounds as noted herein which are usually applied in the treatment of the above mentioned pathological conditions.

1. Treatment Methods

The compounds disclosed herein are useful for treating, preventing, ameliorating, controlling or reducing the risk of a variety of infectious diseases, including infectious diseases in mammal associated with infection by a gram positive or gram negative bacteria. For example, a treatment can include enhancing the activity of a bacterial ClpP endopeptidase. Thus, provided is a method of treating or preventing a disorder in a subject comprising the step of administering to the subject at least one disclosed compound; at least one disclosed pharmaceutical composition; and/or at least one disclosed product in a dosage and amount effective to treat the infectious disease in the subject.

Also provided is a method for the treatment of one or more disorders associated with infection by a pathogenic bacteria wherein enhancing ClpP activity can sterilize or decrease the presence of the pathogenic bacteria in a subject comprising the step of administering to the subject at least one disclosed compound; at least one disclosed pharmaceutical composition; and/or at least one disclosed product in a dosage and amount effective to treat the disorder in the subject.

Also provided is a method for the treatment of a disorder in a mammal comprising the step of administering to the mammal at least one disclosed compound, composition, or medicament.

In one aspect, the disclosed compounds can be used in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment, prevention, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of diseases or conditions for which disclosed compounds or the other drugs can have utility, where the combination of the drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone. Such other drug(s) can be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefor, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of the present invention. When a compound of the present invention is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such other drugs and a disclosed compound is preferred. However, the combination therapy can also include therapies in which a disclosed compound and one or more other drugs are administered on different overlapping schedules. It is also contemplated that when used in combination with one or more other active ingredients, the disclosed compounds and the other active ingredients can be used in lower doses than when each is used singly.

Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of the present invention.

The above combinations include combinations of a disclosed compound not only with one other active compound, but also with two or more other active compounds. Likewise, disclosed compounds can be used in combination with other drugs that are used in the prevention, treatment, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of the diseases or conditions for which disclosed compounds are useful. Such other drugs can be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefor, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of the present invention. When a compound of the present invention is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition containing such other drugs in addition to a disclosed compound is preferred. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions include those that also contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of the present invention.

The weight ratio of a disclosed compound to the second active ingredient can be varied and will depend upon the effective dose of each ingredient. Generally, an effective dose of each will be used. Thus, for example, when a compound of the present invention is combined with another agent, the weight ratio of a disclosed compound to the other agent will generally range from about 1000:1 to about 1;1000, preferably about 200:1 to about 1:200. Combinations of a compound of the present invention and other active ingredients will generally also be within the aforementioned range, but in each case, an effective dose of each active ingredient should be used.

In such combinations a disclosed compound and other active agents can be administered separately or in conjunction. In addition, the administration of one element can be prior to, concurrent to, or subsequent to the administration of other agent(s).

Accordingly, the disclosed compounds can be used alone or in combination with other agents which are known to be beneficial in the subject indications or other drugs that affect receptors or enzymes that either increase the efficacy, safety, convenience, or reduce unwanted side effects or toxicity of the disclosed compounds. The subject compound and the other agent can be coadministered, either in concomitant therapy or in a fixed combination.

In one aspect, the compound can be employed in combination with antibacterial or antimicrobial agents, and combinations thereof, and the like, or the subject compound can be administered in conjunction with the use of physical methods such as with debridement of a wound or infected tissue.

In the treatment of an infectious disease condition, an appropriate dosage level will generally be about 0.01 to 500 mg per kg patient body weight per day which can be administered in single or multiple doses. Preferably, the dosage level will be about 0.1 to about 250 mg/kg per day; more preferably about 0.5 to about 100 mg/kg per day. A suitable dosage level can be about 0.01 to 250 mg/kg per day, about 0.05 to 100 mg/kg per day, or about 0.1 to 50 mg/kg per day. Within this range the dosage can be 0.05 to 0.5, 0.5 to 5 or 5 to 50 mg/kg per day. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 1.0 to 1000 milligrams of the active ingredient, particularly 1.0, 5.0, 10, 15. 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 750, 800, 900, and 1000 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated. The compounds can be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day. This dosage regimen can be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular patient can be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the host undergoing therapy.

Thus, in one aspect, the invention relates to a method for enhancing ClpP activity in at least one cell, e.g. a bacterial cell, comprising the step of contacting the at least one cell with at least one disclosed compound or at least one product of a disclosed method in an amount effective to enhance ClpP activity in the at least one cell. In a further aspect, the cell is bacterial cell, e.g. a gram positive or gram negative bacterial cell. In a further aspect, the cell has been isolated from a subject prior to the contacting step. In a further aspect, contacting is via administration to a subject.

A. Treating an Infectious Disease in a Subject

In one aspect, disclosed are methods for treating an infectious disease in a subject, the method comprising the step of administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one compound having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Y is —NH-(L)q-Ar1; wherein q is an integer selected from 0 and 1; wherein L is moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, —CH═CH—, and -(cyclopropyl)-; wherein each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl; or wherein R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl; wherein R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, —C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b); wherein each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; or wherein R² is —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl; wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alky, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C6 alkylamino; or wherein R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; provided at least one of R² and R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; or wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

wherein each of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy, provided that at least one of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is not hydrogen; wherein each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl; wherein Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C′O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR₄₃(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar²; or wherein Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy; wherein each n is an integer independently selected from 0, 1, and 2; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one aspect, disclosed are methods for the treatment of an infectious disease in a mammal or bird comprising the step of administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of at least one disclosed compound; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, or a disclosed pharmaceutical composition, thereby treating the infectious disease in the mammal or bird.

In a further aspect, the compound administered is a product of a disclosed method of making. In a still further aspect, an effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In a yet further aspect, an effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.

In a further aspect, the subject is a mammal or a bird.

In a further aspect, the mammal is a human. In a yet further aspect, the human has been diagnosed with cystic fibrosis. In a still further aspect, the human has been diagnosed with an infectious disease. In a yet further aspect, the human has been diagnosed with an infectious disease. In an even further aspect, the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for treatment an infectious disease prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the method further comprises the step of identifying a mammal or bird in need of treatment of the infectious disease.

In a further aspect, the human has been diagnosed with a biofilm mediated disease. In a still further aspect, the biofilm mediated disease is bacterial endocarditis and osteomyelitis. In a yet further aspect, the method further comprises the step of identifying a mammal or bird in need of treatment of the biofilm mediated disease.

In various aspects, the compound administered exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 15 μM. In a further aspect, the compound administered exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 10 μM. In a still further aspect, the compound administered exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 5.0 μM. In a yet further aspect, a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 2.5 μM. In an even further aspect, the compound administered exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 1.0 μM. In a still further aspect, the compound administered exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 0.75 μM. In a yet further aspect, the compound administered exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 0.50 μM.

It is understood, that in various aspects, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method. In a further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Staphylococcus aureus, ATCC 29213. In a still further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Staphylococcus aureus, NRS70. In a yet further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Streptococcus pyogenes, ATCC 700294. In an even further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Streptococcus pneumoniae, DAW27. In a still further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Bacillus subtilis, ATCC 23857. In a yet further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Enterococcus faecalis, ATCC 33186. In an even further aspect, the MIC is determined using Staphylococcus aureus, USA 300. In a still further aspect, the MIC is determined using Streptococcus pneumoniae, R6. In a further aspect, the MIC is determined using Staphylococcus aureus, USA 300 and compared to the MIC determined using Staphylococcus aureus, USA 300 wherein ClpP is inactivated, thus allowing confirmation that killing is via a ClpP-dependent pathway.

In various aspects, the compound administered exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 10 μM. In a further aspect, the compound administered exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 5.0 μM. In a still further aspect, the compound administered exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 2.5 μM. In a yet further aspect, the compound administered exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 1.0 μM. It is understood that the casein-BODIPY assay is carried out as described herein below.

In various aspects, the infectious disease is associated with a gram positive bacteria. In a further aspect, the gram positive bacteria is selected from Streptococcus spp., Staphylococcus spp., Enterococcus spp., Clostridium spp., and Corynebacterium spp. In a still further aspect, the gram positive bacteria is vancomycin resistant Enterococcus spp. (VRE). In a yet further aspect, the gram positive bacteria is selected from Bacillus anthraces, Bacillus cereus, Bacillus subtilis, Clostridium difficile, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheria, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Listeria ivanovii, Micrococcus luteus, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Staphylococcus hyicus, Staphylococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pneumoniae, and Streptococcus pyogenes. In an even further aspect, the gram positive bacteria is selected from Clostridium difficile, Corynebacterium diphtheria, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, and Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes. In a still further aspect, the gram positive bacteria is selected from methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), methicillin resistant Staphylococcus epidermidis (MRSE), and penicillin resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae (PRSP).

In various aspects, the infectious disease is associated with a gram negative bacteria. In a further aspect, the gram negative bacteria is selected from Aeromonas spp., Bordatella spp., Citrobacter spp., Enterobacter spp., Escherichia spp., Haemophilus spp., Klebsiella spp., Moraxella spp., Neisseria spp., Proteus spp., Pseudomonas spp., Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Stenotrophomonas spp., Vibrio spp., and Yersinia spp. In a still further aspect, the gram negative bacteria is selected from Aeromonas hydrophila, Bordetella pertussis, Bordetella parapertussis, Bordetella bronchiseptica, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter sakazakii, Escherichia coli, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus aegypticus, Haemophilus ducreyi, Klebsiella edwardsii, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Neisseria meningitidis, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Shigella boydii, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella flexneri, Shigella sonnei, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, Vibrio vulnificus, Vibrio fluvialis, Yersinia pestis, Yersina enterocolitica, and Yersina pseudotuberculosis. In a yet further aspect, the gram negative bacteria is selected from Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella edwardsii, Moraxella catarrhalis, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Shigella flexneri, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Vibrio cholerae, and Yersinia enterocolitica.

In a further aspect, the infectious disease is selected from urinary tract infection, skin infection, intestinal infection, lung infection, ocular infection, otitis, sinusitis, pharyngitis, osteo-articular infection, genital infection, dental infection, oral infection, septicemia, nocosomial infection, bacterial meningitis, gastroenteritis, gastritis, diarrhea, ulcer, endocarditis, sexually transmitted disease, tetanus, diphtheria, leprosy, cholera, listeriosis, tuberculosis, salmonellosis, dysentery, and soft tissue.

In a further aspect, the infectious disease is selected from endocardititis, osteomyelitis, skin and soft tissue infection (“SSTI”), and infection associated with an indwelling device. In a still further aspect, the infectious disease is endocardititis. In a yet further aspect, the infectious disease is osteomyelitis. In an even further aspect, the infectious disease is an SSTI. In a still further aspect, the SSTI is a complicated SSTI (cSSTI). In a yet further aspect, the infectious disease is associated with an indwelling device.

In a further aspect, the infectious disease is a chronic bacterial infection.

In various aspects, the method further comprises administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of at least one antibacterial agent. In a further aspect, the antibacterial agent comprises a compound selected from amoxicillin, ampicillin, azithromycin, aztreonam, azlocillin, bacitracin, carbenicillin, cefaclor, cefadroxil, cefamandole, cefazolin, cephalexin, cefdinir, cefditorin, cefepime, cefixime, cefoperazone, cefotaxime, cefoxitin, cefpodoxime, cefprozil, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefuroxime, chloramphenicol, cilastin, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, clavulanic acid, clinafloxacin, clindamycin, clofazimine, cloxacillin, colistin, dalbavancin, dalfopristin, daptomycin, demeclocycline, dicloxacillin, dirithromycin, doxycycline, erythromycin, enrofloxacin, enoxacin, enviomycin, ertepenem, ethambutol, flucloxacillin, fosfomycin, furazolidone, gatifloxacin, gentamicin, imipenem, isoniazid, kanamycin, linezolid, lomefloxacin, loracarbef, mafenide, moxifloxacin, meropenem, metronidazole, mezlocillin, minocycline, mupirocin, nafcillin, nalidixic acid, neomycin, netilmicin, nitrofurantoin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, oritavancin, oxytetracycline, penicillin, piperacillin, platensimycin, polymixin B, quinupristin, retapamulin, rifabutin, rifampin, rifapentine, roxithromycin, sparfloxacin, spectinomycin, sulbactam, sulfacetamide, sulfamethizole, sulfamethoxazole, teicoplanin, telithromycin, telavancin, temafloxacin, tetracycline, tedolizid, thioacetazone, thioridazine, ticarcillin, tinidazole, tobramycin, torezolid, tosufloxacin, trimethoprim, troleandomycin, trovafloxacin, and vancomycin, or combinations thereof.

In a further aspect, the method comprises co-administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of the antibacterial agent. In a still further aspect, the co-administration is administration in a substantially simultaneous manner. In a yet further aspect, the administration in a substantially simultaneous manner comprises a single dose form containing a fixed ratio of the compound and the antibacterial agent. In an even further aspect, the single dose form is a capsule or a tablet. In a still further aspect, the single dose form is an ampule for a single intravenous administration. In a yet further aspect, the co-administration is administration in a substantially sequential manner.

B. Enhancing ClpP Protease Activity In Cells

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method for enhancing the activity of ClpP protease in at least one cell, comprising the step of contacting the at least one cell with an effective amount of at least one disclosed compound; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof.

In a further aspect, the compound administered is a product of a disclosed method of making a compound. In a still further aspect, an effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In a yet further aspect, an effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.

In one aspect, the cell is bacterial. In a further aspect, the cell is a gram positive bacterial cell. In a still further aspect, the cell is a gram negative bacterial cell. In an even further aspect, the cell is a fungus. In a still further aspect, the cell has been isolated from a mammal prior to the contacting step. In a yet further aspect, contacting the cell is via administration of the compound to a mammal. In an even further aspect, the cell is a bacterial cell, and is infecting a mammal.

In a further aspect, the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of an infectious disease prior to the administering step. In a still further aspect, the method further comprises the step of identifying a mammal in need of enhancing the activity of ClpP protease prior to the administering step. In a yet further aspect, the enhancing ClpP activity treats an infectious disease in a mammal.

In a further aspect, the mammal has been diagnosed with a need for treatment of a biofilm mediated disease prior to the administering step. In a yet further aspect, the enhancing ClpP activity treats a biofilm mediated disease in a mammal. In a still further aspect, the biofilm mediated disease is bacterial endocarditis and osteomyelitis.

In various aspects, the compound contacting the cell exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 15 μM. In a further aspect, the compound contacting the cell exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 10 μM. In a still further aspect, the compound contacting the cell exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 5.0 μM. In a yet further aspect, a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 2.5 μM. In an even further aspect, the compound contacting the cell exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 1.0 μM. In a still further aspect, the compound contacting the cell exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 0.75 μM. In a yet further aspect, the compound contacting the cell exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 0.50 μM.

It is understood, that in various aspects, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method. In a further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Staphylococcus aureus, ATCC 29213. In a still further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Staphylococcus aureus, NRS70. In a yet further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Streptococcus pyogenes, ATCC 700294. In an even further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Streptococcus pneumoniae, DAW27. In a still further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Bacillus subtilis, ATCC 23857. In a yet further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Enterococcus faecalis, ATCC 33186. In an even further aspect, the MIC is determined using Staphylococcus aureus, USA 300. In a still further aspect, the MIC is determined using Streptococcus pneumoniae, R6. In a further aspect, the MIC is determined using Staphylococcus aureus, USA 300 and compared to the MIC determined using Staphylococcus aureus, USA 300 wherein ClpP is inactivated, thus allowing confirmation that killing is via a ClpP-dependent pathway.

In various aspects, the compound contacting the cell exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 10 μM. In a further aspect, the compound contacting the cell exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 5.0 μM. In a still further aspect, the compound contacting the cell exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 2.5 μM. In a yet further aspect, the compound contacting the cell exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 1.0 μM. It is understood that the casein-BODIPY assay is carried out as described herein below.

In a further aspect, contacting the cell treats an infectious disease. In a still further aspect, the infectious disease is selected from urinary tract infection, skin infection, intestinal infection, lung infection, ocular infection, otitis, sinusitis, pharyngitis, osteo-articular infection, genital infection, dental infection, oral infection, septicemia, nocosomial infection, bacterial meningitis, gastroenteritis, gastritis, diarrhea, ulcer, endocarditis, sexually transmitted disease, tetanus, diphtheria, leprosy, cholera, listeriosis, tuberculosis, salmonellosis, dysentery, and soft tissue.

In a further aspect, contacting the cell treats an infectious disease selected from endocardititis, osteomyelitis, skin and soft tissue infection (“SSTI”), and infection associated with an indwelling device. In a still further aspect, the infectious disease is endocardititis. In a yet further aspect, the infectious disease is osteomyelitis. In an even further aspect, the infectious disease is an SSTI. In a still further aspect, the SSTI is a complicated SSTI (cSSTI). In a yet further aspect, the infectious disease is associated with an indwelling device.

In a further aspect, contacting the cell treats a chronic bacterial infection. In various aspects, the method further comprises contacting the cell with the compound and at least one antibacterial agent. In a further aspect, the antibacterial agent comprises a compound selected from amoxicillin, ampicillin, azithromycin, aztreonam, azlocillin, bacitracin, carbenicillin, cefaclor, cefadroxil, cefamandole, cefazolin, cephalexin, cefdinir, cefditorin, cefepime, cefixime, cefoperazone, cefotaxime, cefoxitin, cefpodoxime, cefprozil, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefuroxime, chloramphenicol, cilastin, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, clavulanic acid, clinafloxacin, clindamycin, clofazimine, cloxacillin, colistin, dalbavancin, dalfopristin, daptomycin, demeclocycline, dicloxacillin, dirithromycin, doxycycline, erythromycin, enrofloxacin, enoxacin, enviomycin, ertepenem, ethambutol, flucloxacillin, fosfomycin, furazolidone, gatifloxacin, gentamicin, imipenem, isoniazid, kanamycin, linezolid, lomefloxacin, loracarbef, mafenide, moxifloxacin, meropenem, metronidazole, mezlocillin, minocycline, mupirocin, nafcillin, nalidixic acid, neomycin, netilmicin, nitrofurantoin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, oritavancin, oxytetracycline, penicillin, piperacillin, platensimycin, polymixin B, quinupristin, retapamulin, rifabutin, rifampin, rifapentine, roxithromycin, sparfloxacin, spectinomycin, sulbactam, sulfacetamide, sulfamethizole, sulfamethoxazole, teicoplanin, telithromycin, telavancin, temafloxacin, tetracycline, tedolizid, thioacetazone, thioridazine, ticarcillin, tinidazole, tobramycin, torezolid, tosufloxacin, trimethoprim, troleandomycin, trovafloxacin, and vancomycin, or combinations thereof.

2. Manufacture of a Medicament

In one aspect, the invention relates to a medicament comprising one or more disclosed compounds; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof. In a further aspect, the one or more compounds is a product of a disclosed method of making.

In various aspect, the invention relates methods for the manufacture of a medicament for enhancing the activity of ClpP protease (e.g., treatment of one or more infectious diseases) in mammals (e.g., humans) comprising combining one or more disclosed compounds, products, or compositions or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or polymorph thereof, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. It is understood that the disclosed methods can be performed with the disclosed compounds, products, and pharmaceutical compositions. It is also understood that the disclosed methods can be employed in connection with the disclosed methods of using.

3. Use of Compounds

Also provided are the uses of the disclosed compounds and products. In one aspect, the invention relates to use of at least one disclosed compound; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof. In a further aspect, the compound used is a product of a disclosed method of making.

In various aspects, the compound used exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 15 μM. In a further aspect, the compound used exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 10 μM. In a still further aspect, the compound used exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 5.0 μM. In a yet further aspect, a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 2.5 μM. In an even further aspect, the compound used exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 1.0 μM. In a still further aspect, the compound used exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 0.75 μM. In a yet further aspect, the compound used exhibits a minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of less than about 0.50 μM.

It is understood, that in various aspects, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method. In a further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Staphylococcus aureus, ATCC 29213. In a still further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Staphylococcus aureus, NRS70. In a yet further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Streptococcus pyogenes, ATCC 700294. In an even further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Streptococcus pneumoniae, DAW27. In a still further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Bacillus subtilis, ATCC 23857. In a yet further aspect, the MIC is determined by a microbroth dilution method using Enterococcus faecalis, ATCC 33186. In an even further aspect, the MIC is determined using Staphylococcus aureus, USA 300. In a still further aspect, the MIC is determined using Streptococcus pneumoniae, R6. In a further aspect, the MIC is determined using Staphylococcus aureus, USA 300 and compared to the MIC determined using Staphylococcus aureus, USA 300 wherein ClpP is inactivated, thus allowing confirmation that killing is via a ClpP-dependent pathway.

In various aspects, the compound used exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 10 μM. In a further aspect, the compound used exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 5.0 μM. In a still further aspect, the compound used exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 2.5 μM. In a yet further aspect, the compound used exhibits an EC₅₀ for activation of Sa-ClpP in a casein-BODIPY digestion assay of less than or equal to about 1.0 μM. It is understood that the casein-BODIPY assay is carried out as described herein below.

In a further aspect, the use relates to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, for use as a medicament.

In a further aspect, the use relates to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, wherein a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intimately mixed with a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or the product of a disclosed method of making.

4. Kits

In one aspect, the invention relates to kits comprising at least one disclosed compound; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, and one or more of:

-   -   (a) at least one agent known to increase ClpP activity;     -   (b) at least one agent known to have antimicrobial activity;     -   (c) at least one agent known to treat an infectious disease;     -   (d) instructions for treating an infectious disease;     -   (e) instructions for administering the compound in connection         with treating a microbial infection; or     -   (f) instructions for administering the compound with at least         one agent known to treat an infectious disease.

In various further aspects, the invention relates to kits comprising the disclosed compound and the agent known to treat an infectious disease.

In various further aspects, the invention relates to kits comprising the product of a disclosed method of making and the agent known to treat an infectious disease.

In various further aspects, the invention relates to kits comprising the disclosed compound and the agent known to have antimicrobial activity.

In various further aspects, the invention relates to kits comprising the product of a disclosed method of making and the agent known have antimicrobial activity.

In a further aspect, the kit comprises a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method of making.

In a further aspect, the compound and the agent known to treat an infectious disease are co-formulated. In a still further aspect, the compound and the agent known to treat an infectious disease are co-packaged.

In a further aspect, the compound and the agent known to have anti-microbial activity are co-formulated. In a still further aspect, the compound and the agent known to have anti-microbial activity are co-packaged.

The kits can also comprise compounds and/or products co-packaged, co-formulated, and/or co-delivered with other components. For example, a drug manufacturer, a drug reseller, a physician, a compounding shop, or a pharmacist can provide a kit comprising a disclosed compound and/or product and another component for delivery to a patient.

It is understood that the disclosed kits can be prepared from the disclosed compounds, products, and pharmaceutical compositions. It is also understood that the disclosed kits can be employed in connection with the disclosed methods of using.

In various aspects, the kit further comprises a plurality of dosage forms, the plurality comprising one or more doses; wherein each dose comprises an effective amount of the compound and the agent known to have antimicrobial activity. In a further aspect, an effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In a still further aspect, an effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.

In a further aspect, each dose of the compound and the agent known to have antimicrobial activity are co-formulated. In a still further aspect, each dose of the compound and the agent known to have antimicrobial activity are co-packaged. In a yet further aspect, the dosage forms are formulated for oral administration and/or intravenous administration. In an even further aspect, the dosage forms are formulated for oral administration. In a still further aspect, the dosage forms are formulated for intravenous administration. In a yet further aspect, the dosage form for the compound is formulated for oral administration and the dosage form for the agent known to have antimicrobial activity is formulated for intravenous administration. In an even further aspect, the dosage form for the compound is formulated for intravenous administration and the dosage form for the agent known to have antimicrobial activity is formulated for oral administration.

In various aspects, the agent known to have antimicrobial activity is selected from amoxicillin, ampicillin, azithromycin, aztreonam, azlocillin, bacitracin, carbenicillin, cefaclor, cefadroxil, cefamandole, cefazolin, cephalexin, cefdinir, cefditorin, cefepime, cefixime, cefoperazone, cefotaxime, cefoxitin, cefpodoxime, cefprozil, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefuroxime, chloramphenicol, cilastin, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, clavulanic acid, clinafloxacin, clindamycin, clofazimine, cloxacillin, colistin, dalbavancin, dalfopristin, daptomycin, demeclocycline, dicloxacillin, dirithromycin, doxycycline, erythromycin, enrofloxacin, enoxacin, enviomycin, ertepenem, ethambutol, flucloxacillin, fosfomycin, furazolidone, gatifloxacin, gentamicin, imipenem, isoniazid, kanamycin, linezolid, lomefloxacin, loracarbef, mafenide, moxifloxacin, meropenem, metronidazole, mezlocillin, minocycline, mupirocin, nafcillin, nalidixic acid, neomycin, netilmicin, nitrofurantoin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, oritavancin, oxytetracycline, penicillin, piperacillin, platensimycin, polymixin B, quinupristin, retapamulin, rifabutin, rifampin, rifapentine, roxithromycin, sparfloxacin, spectinomycin, sulbactam, sulfacetamide, sulfamethizole, sulfamethoxazole, teicoplanin, telithromycin, telavancin, temafloxacin, tetracycline, tedolizid, thioacetazone, thioridazine, ticarcillin, tinidazole, tobramycin, torezolid, tosufloxacin, trimethoprim, troleandomycin, trovafloxacin, and vancomycin, or combinations thereof.

In a further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of a gram positive bacterial infection. In a still further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of a gram negative bacterial infection. In yet further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of an infectious disease selected from urinary infection, skin infection, intestinal infection, lung infection, ocular infection, otitis, sinusitis, pharyngitis, osteo-articular infection, genital infection, dental infection, oral infection, septicemia, nocosomial infection, bacterial meningitis, gastroenteritis, gastritis, diarrhea, ulcer, endocarditis, sexually transmitted disease, tetanus, diphtheria, leprosy, cholera, listeriosis, tuberculosis, salmonellosis, and dysentery.

In a further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of an infectious disease selected endocardititis, osteomyelitis, skin and soft tissue infection (SSTI), and infection associated with an indwelling device. In a still further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of endocardititis. In a yet further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of osteomyelitis. In an even further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of an SSTI. In a still further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of a complicated SSTI (cSSTI). In a yet further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of an infection associated with an indwelling device.

In various aspects, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of a chronic infection. In a further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of a chronic bacterial infection. In a still further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of a chronic gram positive bacterial infection. In a yet further aspect, the instructions for treating an infectious disease provide for treatment of gram negative bacterial infection.

In various aspects, the instructions for administering the compound with the agent known to treat an infectious disease provide for co-administering of the compound and the agent. In a further aspect, the co-administration is administration in a substantially simultaneous manner. In a still further aspect, the administration in a substantially simultaneous manner comprises a single dose form containing a fixed ratio of the compound and the antibacterial agent. In a yet further aspect, the single dose form is a capsule or a tablet. In an even further aspect, the single dose form is an ampule for a single intravenous administration. In a still further aspect, the co-administration is administration in a substantially sequential manner.

5. Subjects

The subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a vertebrate, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian. Thus, the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig, rodent, including, but not limited to, rat and mouse, and poultry, including, but not limited to, chicken, turkey, and goose. The term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered. A patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder. The term “patient” includes human and veterinary subjects.

In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been diagnosed with a need for treatment prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed method, the subject has been diagnosed with a disorder treatable by enhancing the activity of a bacterial ClpP protease prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed method, the subject has been diagnosed with an infectious disease prior to the administering step. In some aspects of the disclosed methods, the subject has been identified with a need for treatment prior to the administering step. In one aspect, a subject can be treated prophylactically with a compound or composition disclosed herein, as discussed herein elsewhere.

F. Experimental

The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how the compounds, compositions, articles, devices and/or methods claimed herein are made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in ° C. or is at ambient temperature, and pressure is at or near atmospheric.

Several methods for preparing the compounds of this invention are illustrated in the following Examples. Starting materials and the requisite intermediates are in some cases commercially available, or can be prepared according to literature procedures or as illustrated herein. The Examples are provided herein to illustrate the invention, and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way. The Examples are typically depicted in free base form, according to the IUPAC naming convention. Examples are provided herein to illustrate the invention, and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way.

1. General Methods

Starting materials were purchased from commercial sources and were used without further purification. The reactions were monitored by HPLC. All ¹1-1 spectra were recorded on a Bruker ULTRASHIELD™ 400 plus or Bruker 500 MHz. The chemical shift values were expressed in ppm (parts per million) relative to tetramethylsilane as internal standard; s=singlet, d=double, t=triplet, q=quartet, m=multiplet, br.s=broad singlet. Coupling constants (J) are reported in hertz (Hz).

2. General Synthesis of Urea Analogs 1-28, 30, and 31

The target compound was synthesized from intermediate A, which was deprotected by hydrogenation in the presence of palladium on carbon following by coupling with Boc-L-phenylalanine to give compound B (for general methods for coupling of Boc-L-phenylalanine see (a) Hinzen, B., et al. ChemMedChem (2006) 1(7):689-693; and (b) U.S. Pat. No. 4,492,650). Compound B was treated with 4N hydrocholoride acid in dioaxane to afford free amine C, which was coupled with appropriate isocyanate under microwave irradiation in the presence of triethylamine to give substituted urea depsipeptide analogs 1-28, 30 and 31(for coupling of an isocyanate under microwave irradiation see North, E. J., et al. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry (2013) 21(9):2587-2599).

Briefly, Ar—NCO (about 1.0 eq.), compound C (about 1 eq), and triethylamine (about 4.0 eq.) were mixed in DMF in a round-bottom flask and stirred at rt for 10 min. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the crude residue was purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography using water to acetonitrile gradient. The fractions containing desired compound were pooled and dried to the desired afford target compounds.

A. (S)-3-(M-TOLYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,21S,23AS)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)PROPANAMIDE (1)

Compound 1 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (64 mg, 0.093 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene. (11.7 μL, 0.093 mmol), and TEA (50.9 μL, 0.372 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 1 was provided as a white solid (56 mg, 77%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.87 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.08 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.30-1.46 (m, 3H),1.69-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.90-3.07 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.73 (m, 1H), 4.26 (dd, J=9.7, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.58-4.67 (m, 3H), 4.91-5.18 (m, 3H), 6.32 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88-7.02 (m, 5H), 7.13 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=786.67.

B. (S)-3-(3,5-DIMETHYLPHENYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,21S,23AS)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)PROPANAMIDE (2)

Compound2 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (56 mg, 0.08 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene. (10 μL, 0.08 mmol), and TEA (43.6 μL, 0.319 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 2 was provided as a white solid (40.9 mg, 64.2%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.87 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.30-1.46 (m, 6H), 1.69-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.84-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.32 (m, 11H), 2.54-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.73-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.74 (m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J=10.1, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.59-4.70 (m, 3H), 4.93-5.18 (m, 3H), 6.31 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (s, 2H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=800.69.

C. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,21S,23AS)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)PROPANAMIDE (3)

Compound 3 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (73.2 mg, 0.106 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (13.5 μL, 0.106 mmol), and TEA (58.1 μL, 0.425 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 3 was provided as a white solid (66.4 mg, 76%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.90 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.28-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.33 (m, 5H), 2.53-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.90-3.00 (m, 1H), 3.03-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.72 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.54-4.67 (m, 3H), 4.88-5.00 (m, 1H), 5.02-5.15 (m, 2H), 6.12 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.88-7.14 (m, 6H), 7.92-8.13 (m, 2H), 8.55 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=824.45.

D. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(3,5-DIMETHYLPHENYL)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,21S,23AS)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)PROPANAMIDE (4)

Compound 4 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (73.4 mg, 0.104 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (13.2 μL, 0.104 mmol), and TEA (57.1 μL, 0.417 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 4 was provided as a white solid (64.3 mg, 73.5%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.92 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.29-1.47 (m, 6H), 1.58-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.28-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.97 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.72 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.18 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.58-4.72 (m, 3H), 4.92-5.03 (m, 1H), 5.03-5.17 (m, 2H), 6.12 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.68-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 6.95-7.05 (m, 2H), 7.98-8.15 (m, 2H), 8.56 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=838.73.

E. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (6)

Compound 6 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (90 mg, 0.135 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (17.1 μL, 0.135 mmol), and TEA (73.6 μL, 0.538 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 6 was provided as a white solid (66.7 mg, 59%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.92 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.29-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.37 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.59-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.81 (m, 3H), 1.98-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.00 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.73 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.28 (m, 1H), 4.41 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.58-4.70 (m, 4H), 4.91-5.01 (m, 1H), 5.06-5.16 (m, 1H), 5.27-5.36 (m, 1H), 6.20 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.26 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.86-7.04 (m, 5H), 7.12 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=840.63.

F. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (8)

Compound 8 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (100 mg, 0.157 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (19.8 μL, 0.157 mmol), and TEA (86 μL, 0.626 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 8 was provided as a white solid (29.3 mg, 23.1%); ¹H NMR (500 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.02 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.46 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.41-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.71 (m, 4H), 1.77-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.51 (m, 4H), 2.63-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.94 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.65 (m, 3H), 3.73-3.78 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.63 (m, 2H), 4.72-4.75 (m, 2H), 4.83 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 5.02-5.19 (m, 2H), 6.26 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.13 (m, 4H), 7.22 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06-8.22 (m, 2H), 8.67 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=810.34.

G. (E)-N—((S)-1-(((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)AMINO)-1-OXO-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPAN-2-YL)HEPT-2-ENAMIDE (10)

Compound 10 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (50 mg, 0.076 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (9.7 μL, 0.076 mmol), and TEA (41.8 μL, 0.305 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 10 was provided as a white solid (13.5 mg, 21.4%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.83 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.56-1.74 (m, 3H), 1.87-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.44-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.96-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.69 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.41-4.59 (m, 4H), 4.70 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 4.82-4.92 (m, 1H), 5.14 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.74-6.82 (m, 3H), 6.83-6.96 (m, 3H), 7.01 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.97 (m, 2H), 8.51 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=826.35.

H. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-2,13,17,21-TETRAMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (11)

Compound 11 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (73.4 mg, 0.104 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (13.2 μL, 0.104 mmol), and TEA (57.0 μL, 0.417 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 11 was provided as a white solid (43.9 mg, 50.2%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.01 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.49 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.80-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.06 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.44 (m, 8H), 2.79 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 2.88-3.08 (m, 3H), 3.15-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.88 (m, 2H), 4.27-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.77 (m, 4H), 5.01-5.28 (m, 3H), 6.30 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.95-7.14 (m, 5H), 7.22 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=839.46.

I. (S)—N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16S,20S,23AS)-16-AMINO-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (12)

Compound 12 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (120 mg, 0.123 mmol), 4-chloro-3-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (15.8 μL, 0.123 mmol), and TEA (67.2 μL, 0.492 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl ((2R,6S,8aS,14aS,16S,20S,23aS)-20-((S)-2-(3-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ureido)-3-(m-tolyl)propanamido)-2,6-dimethyl-5,8,14,19,23-pentaoxodocosahydropyrido[2,1-i]dipyrrolo[2,1-c:2′,1′-I][1,4,7,10,13]oxatetraazacyclohexadecin-16-yl)carbamate was provided as a white solid (81.4 mg, 63.2%). To above Fmoc protected compound (70 mg, 0.067 mmol) magnetically stirring in 250 mL of dry THF was added 1-octanethiol (44.2 mL, 255 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of DBU (0.300 μl, 2.005 μmol) over 15 min. The mixture was connected to a N₂ inlet/outlet and allowed to stir at rt for a total of 4 h after which analytical HPLC indicated that the starting material was consumed and the dibenzofulvene had been scavenged. The solvents were removed by rotary evaporator and the residue triturated with Et₂O. The white solid (38.4 mg, 69.6%) was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.92 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.54-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.90-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.37 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.43 (m, 6H), 3.49-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.84 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.52 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.72 (m, 3H), 4.91-5.01 (m, 1H), 5.04-5.10 (m, 1H), 6.17 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.03 (m, 3H), 7.13 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=825.35.

J. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-2,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (13)

Compound 13 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (70 mg, 0.096 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (12.2 μL, 0.096 mmol), and TEA (52.7 μL, 0.385 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 13 was provided as a white solid (60.9 mg, 77%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.92 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.72-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.86-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.05-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.56 (s, 1H), 2.69-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.96 (m, 3H), 3.07-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.58 (m, 3H), 3.63-3.76 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.64 (m, 4H), 4.71 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.93-5.10 (m, 2H), 6.15 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.85-7.05 (m, 5H), 7.11 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8.13 (m, 2H), 8.46 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=825.35.

K. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-3-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-2,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (14)

Compound 14 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (90 mg, 0.124 mmol), 4-chloro-3-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (12.2 μL, 0.124 mmol), and TEA (67.7 μL, 0.495 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 14 was provided as a white solid (69.4 mg, 67.9%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.89 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.71-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.86-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.04-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.28-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.70 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.95 (m, 3H), 2.95-3.03 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.54 (m, 3H), 3.63-3.75 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.61 (m, 4H), 4.71 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 4.95-5.11 (m, 2H), 5.82 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.86-7.00 (m, 4H), 7.08-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=11.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.45 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=825.35.

L. (S)-3-(M-TOLYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,12S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-2,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (15)

Compound 15 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (70 mg, 0.096 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene (12.1 μL, 0.096 mmol), and TEA (52.7 μL, 0.385 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 15 was provided as a white solid (38.6 mg, 50.9%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.87 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.70-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.84-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.03-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.70 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.78-2.96 (m, 3H), 2.99-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.58 (m, 3H), 3.63-3.75 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.64 (m, 4H), 4.70 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.93-5.12 (m, 2H), 5.75 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.87-7.02 (m, 5H), 7.11 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=787.38.

M. (S)-2-(3-(4-ETHYLPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-2,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (16)

Compound 16 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (70 mg, 0.096 mmol), 1-ethyl-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.8 μL, 0.096 mmol), and TEA (52.7 μL, 0.385 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 16 was provided as a white solid (53.9 mg, 69.9%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.87 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 3H), 1.69-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.82-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.06-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.51 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.97 (m, 3H), 2.98-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.57 (m, 3H), 3.62-3.75 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.55 (m, 3H), 4.60 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 4.93-5.11 (m, 2H), 5.75 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.98 (m, 3H), 7.02 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=801.39.

N. (S)-2-(3-(BENZO[D][1,3]DIOXOL-5-YL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-2,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (17)

Compound 17 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (70 mg, 0.096 mmol), 5-isocyanatobenzo[d][1,3]dioxole (15.7 mg, 0.096 mmol), and TEA (52.7 μL, 0.385 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 17 was provided as a white solid (19.8 mg, 25.2%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.90 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 3H), 1.71-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.97-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.70 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 2.76-2.95 (m, 3H), 2.99-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.57 (m, 3H), 3.63-3.76 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.55 (m, 3H), 4.60 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.93-5.11 (m, 2H), 5.72 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (s, 2H), 6.39 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.59-6.69 (m, 2H), 6.85-6.99 (m, 3H), 7.07-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=817.31.

O. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(3-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)PHENYL)-N-((6AS,12S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-2,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (18)

Compound 18 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (64.5 mg, 0.087 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (11 μL, 0.087 mmol), and TEA (47.4 μL, 0.347 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 18 was provided as a white solid (66.2 mg, 87%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.92 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.73-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.69 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (t, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 2.92-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.68 (t, J=12.4 Hz, 2H), 4.43-4.59 (m, 5H), 4.71 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 4.92-5.10 (m, 2H), 6.13 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.43 (m, 6H), 7.97-8.11 (m, 2H), 8.40 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=879.24.

P. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(3-METHOXYPHENYL)-N-((6AS,12S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-2,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (19)

Compound 19 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (55 mg, 0.078 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (9.9 μL, 0.078 mmol), and TEA (42.6 μL, 0.312 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 19 was provided as a white solid (36 mg, 54.9%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.91 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.65-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.69 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.82-2.97 (m, 3H), 3.06-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.57 (m, 3H), 3.65-3.70(m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.32-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.62 (m, 4H), 4.72 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.91-5.11 (m, 2H), 6.13 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.62-6.72 (m, 3H), 6.75 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.96-8.12 (m, 2H), 8.42 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=841.26.

Q. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-3,6,11,15,20,23-HEXAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (20)

Compound 20 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (83 mg, 0.117 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (14.85 μL, 0.117 mmol), and TEA (64.1 μL, 0.469 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 20 was provided as a white solid (62 mg, 63%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.02 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.82-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.06 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.63 (m, 3H), 3.76-3.89 (m, 2H), 4.27-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.55 (m, 2H), 4.66-4.74 (m, 1H), 4.81-4.95 (m, 2H), 4.98-5.07 (m, 1H), 5.08-5.17 (m, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.99-7.12 (m, 5H), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 8.02-8.21 (m, 2H), 8.89 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=839.37.

R. (S)-2-(3-(2,3-DIHYDROBENZO[B][1,4]DIOXIN-6-YL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((2R,68,8AS,14AS,20S,21S,23AS)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)PROPANAMIDE (21)

Compound 21 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (100 mg, 0.153 mmol), 6-isocyanato-2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxine (21 μL, 0.153 mmol), and TEA (84 μL, 0.613 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 21 was provided as a white solid (70.4 mg, 55.4%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.91 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.24 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.68-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.12 (m, 8H), 2.21-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.98 (m, 3H), 2.98-3.07 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.79-3.83 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.17 (m, 4H), 4.37-4.66 (m, 6H), 4.77 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 4.85-4.99 (m, 1H), 5.05-5.16 (m, 1H), 5.33 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54-6.74 (m, 5H), 6.97 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.57 (m, 2H), 8.55 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=830.42.

S. (S)-2-(3-(2,3-DIHYDROBENZO[B][1,4]DIOXIN-6-YL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (22)

Compound 22 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (90 mg, 0.141 mmol), 6-isocyanato-2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxine (19.36 μL, 0.141 mmol), and TEA (77 μL, 0.564 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 22 was provided as a white solid (20.9 mg, 18.2%);¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.89 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.58-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.81 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.69 (m, 3H), 2.76-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.72 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.16 (m, 4H), 4.22-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.484-4.52 (m, 2H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.72 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.92-5.01 (m, 1H), 5.03-5.09 (m, 1H), 6.44 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.65-6.80 (m, 2H), 6.86-7.04 (m, 4H), 7.11 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=816.49.

T. (S)-2-(3-(BENZO[D][1,3]DIOXOL-5-YL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (23)

Compound 23 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (80 mg, 0.125 mmol), 5-isocyanatobenzo[d][1,3]dioxole (20.43 mg, 0.125 mmol), and TEA (68.5 μL, 0.501 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 23 was provided as a white solid (23.7 mg, 23.6%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.99 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.46-1.55(m, 2H), 1.67-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.95-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.85-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.65 (m, 3H), 3.74-3.80 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.43 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.63 (m, 2H), 4.76 (dd, J=41.4, 7.5 Hz, 3H), 5.01-5.11 (m, 1H), 5.11-5.19 (m, 1H), 5.92 (s, 2H), 6.68-6.79 (m, 3H), 6.95-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=802.40.

U. (S)-2-(3-(4-ETHYLPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-8-HYDROXY-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-6H,11H,15H-[1,4]OXAZINO[3,4-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (24)

Compound 24 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (90 mg, 0.127 mmol), 1-ethyl-4-isocyanatobenzene (18.29 μL, 0.127 mmol), and TEA (69.6 μL, 0.509 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 24 was provided as a white solid (95.3 mg, 92%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.18 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.45 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.88 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.28-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.61 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.89-3.16 (m, 4H), 3.39-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.96 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.66 (m, 5H), 4.71-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.87 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 5.02-5.13 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.22 (m, 1H), 5.40 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 6.96-7.06 (m, 3H), 7.12 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.16-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 8.79 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=818.58.

V. (S)-2-(3-(4-ETHYLPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (25)

Compound 25 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.09 mmol), 1-ethyl-4-isocyanatobenzene (12.89 μL, 0.09 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 32 was provided as a white solid (35 mg, 47.8%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.86 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.58-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.77 (m, 6H), 1.95-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.70 (m, 5H), 2.78-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.07 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.72 (m, 2H), 4.30-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.53-4.71 (m, 4H), 4.92-4.99 (m, 1H), 5.06-5.13 (m, 1H), 5.32 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.96 (m, 3H), 7.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.07-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.27 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (br.s, 1H), 8.66 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=816.41.

W. (S)—N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)PROPANAMIDE (26)

Compound 26 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.09 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene (11.67 μL, 0.09 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 26 was provided as a white solid (32 mg, 44.5%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.87 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.58-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.80 (m, 6H), 1.98-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.72 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.69 (m, 4H), 4.90-5.00 (m, 1H), 5.06-5.14 (m, 1H), 5.27-5.37 (m, 1H), 6.61 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.97 (m, 3H), 7.00 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.08-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (br.s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=802.40.

X. (S)-2-(3-(2,3-DIHYDROBENZO[B][1,4]DIOXIN-6-YL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-8-HYDROXY-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-6H,11H,15H-[1,4]OXAZINO[3,4-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (27)

Compound 27 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (80 mg, 0.113 mmol), 6-isocyanato-2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxine (15.6 μL, 0.113 mmol), and TEA (61.9 μL, 0.452 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 27 was provided as a white solid (69.3 mg, 72.3%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.89 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.68-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.96-2.10 (m, 2H),2.25 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.89-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.37 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.68 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 3.76-3.86 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.19 (m, 4H), 4.39-4.56 (m, 5H), 4.61-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.77 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 4.91-5.03 (m, 1H), 5.04-5.13 (m, 1H), 5.31 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.64-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.86-6.99 (m, 4H), 7.10 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (br.s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=848.95.

Y. (S)-2-(3-(2,3-DIHYDROBENZO[B][1,4]DIOXIN-6-YL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (28)

Compound 28 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (90 mg, 0.128 mmol), 6-isocyanato-2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxine (17.5 μL, 0.128 mmol), and TEA (69.8 μL, 0.510 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 28 was provided as a white solid (74.9 mg, 69.4%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.98 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 4H), 1.66-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.87 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.87-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.61 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.81 (m, 2H), 4.20-4.29 (m, 4H), 4.45-4.54 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.81 (m, 4H), 4.99-5.07 (m, 1H), 5.15-5.24 (m, 1H), 5.40 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.74-6.86 (m, 2H), 6.96-7.09 (m, 5H), 7.20 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (br.s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=846.96.

Z. (S)—N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-8-HYDROXY-2,13,17,21-TETRAMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)PROPANAMIDE (30)

Compound 30 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (80 mg, 0.117 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene (15.2 μL, 0.117 mmol), and TEA (64.0 μL, 0.468 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 30 was provided as a white solid (58 mg, 60.7%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.86 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.08 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.70-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.96 (m, 3H), 2.97-3.07 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.74 (m, 3H), 4.30-4.40 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.62 (m, 4H), 4.62-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.92-5.11 (m, 2H), 5.33 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 3H), 7.00 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.05-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.25 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=817.94.

AA. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-8-HYDROXY-2,13,17,21-TETRAMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (31)

Compound 31 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (80 mg, 0.117 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (14.8 μL, 0.117 mmol), and TEA (64.0 μL, 0.468 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 31 was provided as a white solid (58 mg, 60.7%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.91 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.70-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.96-2.12 (m, 3H), 2.23 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.69 (m, 3H), 4.21-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.69 (m, 5H), 4.91-5.03 (m, 1H), 5.04-5.12 (m, 1H), 5.33 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 6.85-7.05 (m, 5H), 7.11 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 8.08 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=855.82.

BB. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-3-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,21S,23AS)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)PROPANAMIDE (35)

Compound 35 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (90 mg, 0.131 mmol), 1-chloro-2-fluoro-4-isocyanatobenzene (22.4 mg, 0.131 mmol), and TEA (71.4 μL, 0.522 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 35 was provided as a white solid (76.6 mg, 71.2%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.96 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.75-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.42 (m, 5H), 2.57-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.81 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.69-4.72 (m, 3H), 4.99-5.10 (m, 1H), 5.11-5.24 (m, 2H), 5.96 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.98 (m, 2H), 7.04-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.54 (dd, J=11.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=824.54.

CC. ETHYL 4-(3-((S)-1-(((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)AMINO)-1-OXO-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPAN-2-YL)UREIDO)BENZOATE (36)

Compound 36 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (90 mg, 0.128 mmol), ethyl 4-isocyanatobenzoate (24.4 mg, 0.128 mmol), and TEA (69.8 μL, 0.510 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 36 was provided as a white solid (52.7 mg, 48.0¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.93 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.48-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.37-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.63 (t, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.84-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.94-3.02 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.81 (m, 2H), 4.34 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.38-4.51 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.79 (m, 4H), 4.99-5.10 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.23 (m, 1H), 5.39 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.06 (m, 3H), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=860.61.

DD. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-3-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (37)

Compound 37 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (90 mg, 0.128 mmol), 1-chloro-2-fluoro-4-isocyanatobenzene (21.9 mg, 0.128 mmol), and TEA (69.8 μL, 0.510 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 37 was provided as a white solid (71.2 mg, 66.4%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.96 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.50-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.85 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.38-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.31-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.60-4.79 (m, 4H), 4.98-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.23 (m, 1H), 5.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.95 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.08 (m, 4H), 7.15-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.52 (dd, J=11.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.67 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=840.72.

EE. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AR)-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-6H,11H,15H-DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1,4]THIAZINO[3,4-I][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (38)

Compound 38 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (183 mg, 0.273 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (46.8 mg, 0.273 mmol), and TEA (149 μL, 1.09 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 38 was provided as a white solid (133.4 mg, 58.1%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.99 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.50 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.78-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.93-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.48 (m, 6H), 2.63-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.58 (m, 3H), 3.73-3.79 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.52 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.61-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 1H), 4.98 (d, J=13.9 Hz, 1H), 5.04-5.16 (m, 2H), 5.16-5.25 (m, 1H), 6.24 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.01-7.11 (m, 3H), 7.20 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=842.80.

FF.(2S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AR)-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-2-OXIDO-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-6H,11H,15H-DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1,4]THIAZINO[3,4-I][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (39)

Compound 39 was synthesized from corresponding compound 38 (100 mg, 0.119 mmol). To the solution of 38 in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added 3-chlorobenzoperoxoic acid (26.6 mg, 0.119 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) at 0° C. After addition, aqueous 10% NaOH solution (50 mL) was added to the mixture, which was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, concentrated, and purified on silica gel to compound 39 as a white solid (69.3 mg, 68%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.99 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.80 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.47 (m, 2H), 4.65 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 4.90-5.03 (m, 2H), 5.05-5.17 (m, 2H), 5.22-5.31 (m, 1H), 6.17 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.12 (m, 5H), 7.20 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.76 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=858.71.

GG. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AR)-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-2,2-DIOXIDO-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-6H,11H,15H-DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1,4]THIAZINO[3,4-I][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (40)

Compound 40 was synthesized as a by-product from compound 39. Compound 40 was obtained as a white solid (6 mg, 5.8%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.99 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.80 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.47 (m, 2H), 4.65 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 4.90-5.03 (m, 2H), 5.05-5.17 (m, 2H), 5.22-5.31 (m, 1H), 6.17 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.12 (m, 5H), 7.20 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.76 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=874.71.

HH. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AR)-8-HYDROXY-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-6H,11H,15H-DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1,4]THIAZINO[3,4-I][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (41)

Compound 41 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (70 mg, 0.097 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (16.6 mg, 0.097 mmol), and TEA (52.9 μL, 0.387 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 41 was provided as a white solid (27 mg, 32.5%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.99 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.50 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.77-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.14-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.78 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.51 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.63-4.73 (m, 2H), 4.88-4.99 (m, 2H), 5.03-5.18 (m, 2H), 5.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.24 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.91-7.00 (m, 2H), 7.01-7.11 (m, 3H), 7.17 (dd, J=22.4, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 8.03-8.19 (m, 2H), 8.73 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=858.53.

II. (S)—N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AR)-8-HYDROXY-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-6H,11H,15H-DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1,4]THIAZINO[3,4-I][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)PROPANAMIDE (42)

Compound 42 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (70 mg, 0.089 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene (11.8 mg, 0.089 mmol), and TEA (48.7 μL, 0.356 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 42 was provided as a white solid (25 mg, 34.3%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.94 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.49 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.88 (m, 1H), 2.03-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.13 (m, 3H), 3.50-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.77 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.50 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.71 (m, 2H), 4.89-4.98 (m, 2H), 5.03-5.17 (m, 2H), 5.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.09 (m, 5H), 7.13-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 8.78 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=820.83.

JJ. (S)—N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)PROPANAMIDE (43)

Compound 43 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene (12.5 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.4 μL, 0.376 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 43 was provided as a white solid (52.2 mg, 72.0%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.90 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.46-1.54 (m, 3H), 1.91-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.92 (m, 5H), 2.96-3.04 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.78 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.53 (m, 1H), 4.60 (t, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.65-4.81 (m, 3H), 4.98-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.19 (m, 1H), 5.89 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.21 (m, 7H), 7.34 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=772.92.

KK. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (44)

Compound 44 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (16.1 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.4 μL, 0.376 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 44 was provided as a white solid (52.2 mg, 72.0%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.96 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.62-1.85 (m, 5H), 1.91-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.75 (m, 3H), 2.77-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.06 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.79 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H), 4.57-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.66-4.81 (m, 3H), 4.98-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.19 (m, 1H), 6.27 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.11 (m, 5H), 7.19 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.99 (m, 1H), 8.18 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=810.89.

LL. (S)-3-(M-TOLYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)-N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,21S,23AS)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)PROPANAMIDE

Compound 45 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.090 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene (11.95 mg, 0.090 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 45 was provided as a white solid (67.6 mg, 94%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.61-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.78 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.18 (m, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.77 (m, 4H), 2.86-3.03 (m, 3H), 3.65-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.54-4.73 (m, 3H), 4.74-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.95-5.06 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.42 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.04 (m, 4H), 7.07 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H);ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=802.93.

MM. (2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-20-((S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDO)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-16-YL 3-(DIMETHYLAMINO)PROPANOATE (46)

Compound 46 was synthesized from corresponding compound 6 (130 mg, 0.155 mmol) with 3-(dimethylamino)propanoic acid (23.56 mg, 0.201 mmol) in the presence of N,N′-methanediylidenedicyclohexanamine (41.5 mg, 0.202 mmol) and N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (3.78 mg, 0.031 mmol) in DMF. Compound 46 was provided as a white solid (26.7 mg, 18.4%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.99 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.18 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.74-1.88 (m, 4H), 2.11-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.53-2.78 (m, 3H), 2.81 (s, 6H), 2.85-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.00-3.12 (m, 3H), 3.13-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.49-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.89 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.67-4.74 (m, 3H), 4.97-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.18 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.49 (m, 2H), 6.27 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.12 (m, 5H), 7.20 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=939.90.

NN. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (47)

Compound 47 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (100 mg, 0.150 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (25.7 mg, 0.150 mmol), and TEA (82 μL, 0.598 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 47 was provided as a white solid (90 mg, 71.6%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.92 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.61-1.82 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.24 (m, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.83-3.03 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.77 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.50 (m, 2H), 4.56-4.73 (m, 3H), 4.76-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.95-5.07 (m, 1H), 5.11-5.19 (m, 1H), 5.43 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.14 (m, 6H), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=840.72.

OO. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6-METHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (48)

Compound 48 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.089 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (15.2 mg, 0.089 mmol), and TEA (48.5 μL, 0.354 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 48 was provided as a white solid (39.5 mg, 54.9%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.42 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.85-2.02 (m, 3H), 2.05-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.90-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.36-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.64 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.79 (m, 3H), 4.39-4.49 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.58 (m, 2H), 4.60-4.76 (m, 3H), 4.81-4.88 (m, 1H), 4.99-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.31 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.96-7.20 (m, 7H), 8.04-8.13 (m, 2H), 8.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=812.88.

PP. (S)—N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6-METHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)PROPANAMIDE (49)

Compound 49 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene (12.47 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.2 μL, 0.375 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 49 was provided as a white solid (17.5 mg, 24.2%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.75-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.95-2.00 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.78-3.01 (m, 3H), 3.36-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.93 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 4.46-4.55 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.75 (m, 4H), 4.88 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.97-5.07 (m, 1H), 5.26-5.36 (m, 1H), 5.86 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.03 (m, 3H), 7.06 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=774.91.

QQ. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6,21-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (50)

Compound 50 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (90 mg, 0.130 mmol), 4-chloro-2-fluoro-1-isocyanatobenzene (22.34 mg, 0.130 mmol), and TEA (71.2 μL, 0.521 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 50 was provided as a white solid (93.8 mg, 87%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.13 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.48-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.05 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.54 (br.s, 1H), 2.60-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.86-3.05 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.79 (m, 3H), 4.37-4.43 (m, 1H), 4.47 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.57-4.74 (m, 3H), 4.74-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.97-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.22 (m, 1H), 5.40 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (br.s, 1H), 6.93-7.10 (m, 5H), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.08-8.17 (m, 2H), 8.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=826.80.

RR. (S)—N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6,21-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)-2-(3-(P-TOLYL)UREIDO)PROPANAMIDE (51)

Compound 51 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (80 mg, 0.122 mmol), 1-isocyanato-4-methylbenzene (16.27 mg, 0.122 mmol), and TEA (66.8 μL, 0.489 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 51 was provided as a white solid (74.5 mg, 77%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.14 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.48-1.54 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.95-2.18 (m, 6H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.62 (t, J=12.1 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.99 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.46 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (dd, J=16.7, 8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.65-4.69 (m, 2H), 4.77 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.98-5.05 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.23 (m, 1H), 5.40 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.02 (m, 3H), 7.07 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=788.92

SS. (S)—N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-2-(3-(4-ETHYLPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (52)

Compound 52 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1-ethyl-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.82 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.4 μL, 0.376 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 52 was provided as a white solid (36.7 mg, 49.7%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.89 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.62-1.80 (m, 6H), 1.90-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.68-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.04 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.79 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.16 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.53 (m, 1H), 4.60 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.65-4.81 (m, 3H), 5.00-5.06 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.89 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.04 (m, 3H), 7.10 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=786.84.

TT. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (53)

Compound 53 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (14.42 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.4 μL, 0.376 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 53 was provided as a white solid (49.9 mg, 67%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.92 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.66-1.78 (m, 6H), 1.93-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.28-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.92 (m, 5H), 2.94-3.04 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.78 (m, 1H), 4.03-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.53 (m, 1H), 4.60 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.68-4.71 (m, 2H), 4.77 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.98-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.19 (m, 1H), 5.93 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.06 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.42 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=792.81.

UU. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (54)

Compound 54 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (14.42 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.4 μL, 0.376 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 54 was provided as a white solid (42.2 mg, 56.7%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.92 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.47-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.95-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.42(m, 1H), 2.57-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.96-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.77 (m, 1H), 4.04-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.53 (m, 1H), 4.61 (t, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.66-4.82 (m, 3H), 4.99-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.20 (m, 1H), 5.96 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.06 (m, 5H), 7.14-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=792.81.

VV. (S)-2-(3-(4-ETHYLPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6-METHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (55)

Compound 55 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1-ethyl-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.78 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.4 μL, 0.376 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 55 was provided as a white solid (19.4 mg, 26.3%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.20 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.74-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.77 (m, 5H), 2.85-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.89 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.55 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.75 (m, 4H), 4.87 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 4.98-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.32 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.87 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=788.65.

WW. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6-METHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (56)

Compound 56 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (80 mg, 0.125 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (19.17 mg, 0.125 mmol), and TEA (68.3 μL, 0.499 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 56 was provided as a white solid (14.8 mg, 14.9%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.94-3.01 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.87 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.52 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.59-4.77 (m, 4H), 4.86 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 4.99-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.32 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.09 (m, 4H), 7.15-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.38 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=794.79.

XX. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6-METHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (57)

Compound 57 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (80 mg, 0.125 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (19.17 mg, 0.125 mmol), and TEA (68.3 μL, 0.499 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 57 was provided as a white solid (15.2 mg, 15.3%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.74-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.95-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.77 (m, 3H), 2.85-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.36-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.91 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 4.45-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.60-4.73 (m, 4H), 4.84-4.90 (m, 1H), 5.00-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.33 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.04 (m, 4H), 7.14-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.51 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=794.52.

YY. (S)-2-(3-(4-ETHYLPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6,21-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (58)

Compound 58 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.092 mmol), 1-ethyl-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.49 mg, 0.092 mmol), and TEA (50.1 μL, 0.367 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 58 was provided as a white solid (56.4 mg, 77%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.13 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.46-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.78 (m, 5H), 2.85-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.78 (m, 3H), 4.42-4.47 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.79 (m, 4H), 4.98-5.07 (m, 1H), 5.14-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.41 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.04 (m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.12-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=802.84.

ZZ. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6,21-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (59)

Compound 59 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.092 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (14.07 mg, 0.092 mmol), and TEA (50.1 μL, 0.367 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 59 was provided as a white solid (55.9 mg, 75%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.13 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.46-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.78 (m, 5H), 2.85-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.78 (m, 3H), 4.42-4.47 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.79 (m, 4H), 4.98-5.07 (m, 1H), 5.14-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.41 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.04 (m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.12-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=802.84.

AAA. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-6,21-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (60)

Compound 60 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.092 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (14.07 mg, 0.092 mmol), and TEA (50.1 μL, 0.367 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 60 was provided as a white solid (60.5 mg, 82%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 1.13 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.05 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.84-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.37-4.45 (m, 1H), 4.47 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.60-4.74 (m, 3H), 4.74-4.80 (m, 1H), 4.99-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.41 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.97 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.05 (m, 4H), 7.14-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.56 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=802.54.

BBB. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (61)

Compound 61 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.090 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.78 mg, 0.090 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 61 was provided as a white solid (56.8 mg, 77%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.85 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.96-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.78 (m, 2H), 4.30-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.64-4.76 (m, 4H), 4.98-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.22 (m, 1H), 5.35-5.43 (m, 1H), 5.92 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.41 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=822.82.

CCC. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (62)

Compound 62 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.090 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (13.78 mg, 0.090 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 62 was provided as a white solid (56.3 mg, 76%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.65-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.83 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.41 (dd, J=12.9, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.58-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.84-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.04-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.77 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.79 (m, 4H), 4.98-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.23 (m, 1H), 5.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.03 (m, 4H), 7.14-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.56 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=822.82.

DDD. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,21S,23AS)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)PROPANAMIDE (63)

Compound 63 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (80 mg, 0.123 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (18.82 mg, 0.123 mmol), and TEA (67 μL, 0.490 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 63 was provided as a white solid (76.5 mg, 77%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.64-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.91-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.19 (m, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.96-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.82 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.39 (m, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.64-4.75 (m, 3H), 4.99-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.17 (m, 1H), 5.18-5.25 (m, 1H), 5.93 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.42 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 8.66 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=806.55.

EEE. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,21S,23AS)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)PROPANAMIDE (64)

Compound 64 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (80 mg, 0.123 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (18.82 mg, 0.123 mmol), and TEA (67 μL, 0.490 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 64 was provided as a white solid (81 mg, 82%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.75-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.96-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.14 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.81 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.63-4.76 (m, 3H), 5.00-5.10 (m, 1H), 5.11-5.18 (m, 1H), 5.18-5.25 (m, 1H), 5.95 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.91-7.06 (m, 4H), 7.14-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=806.82.

FFF. (S)-2-(3-(4-ETHYLPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (65)

Compound 65 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.090 mmol), 1-ethyl-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.20 mg, 0.090 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 65 was provided as a white solid (49 mg, 66.9%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.85 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.23 (m, 6H), 1.41 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 164-1.66 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.66 (m, 5H), 2.66-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.86-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.80 (m, 2H), 4.02-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.73 (m, 3H), 4.78 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.95-5.06 (m, 1H), 5.08-5.19 (m, 1H), 5.43 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.96-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.14-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=816.85.

GGG. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (66)

Compound 66 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.090 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.78 mg, 0.090 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 66 was provided as a white solid (48.3 mg, 65.5%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.88 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.75-1.79 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.77 (m, 4H), 2.84-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.78 (m, 2H), 4.01-4.09 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.39 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.75 (m, 3H), 4.75-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.97-5.07 (m, 1H), 5.09-5.18 (m, 1H), 5.43 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.96 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.96-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.41 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=822.82.

HHH. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE

Compound 67 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.090 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (13.78 mg, 0.090 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 67 was provided as a white solid (52.4 mg, 71%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.89 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.17 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.78 (m, 4H), 2.85-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.82 (m, 2H), 4.02-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.74 (m, 3H), 4.74-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.96-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.18 (m, 1H), 5.44 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.06 (m, 4H), 7.14-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.56 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=822.55.

III. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-8-HYDROXY-2,13,17,21-TETRAMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (68)

Compound 68 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.088 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.47 mg, 0.088 mmol), and TEA (48.0 μL, 0.351 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 68 was provided as a white solid (49.5 mg, 67.4%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.94 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.79-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.76 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 2.85-3.01 (m, 3H), 3.02-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.82 (m, 3H), 4.36-4.46 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.67 (m, 4H), 4.73 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 5.00-5.10 (m, 1H), 5.11-5.20 (m, 1H), 5.40 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.04 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.39 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=837.83.

JJJ. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-8-HYDROXY-2,13,17,21-TETRAMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (69)

Compound 69 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.088 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (13.47 mg, 0.088 mmol), and TEA (48.0 μL, 0.351 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 69 was provided as a white solid (38 mg, 517%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.82-1.95 (m, 3H), 2.03-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.76 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 2.85-3.01 (m, 3H), 3.04-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.82 (m, 3H), 4.40-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.68 (m, 4H), 4.70-4.76 (m, 1H), 4.99-5.11 (m, 1H), 5.11-5.19 (m, 1H), 5.40 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.91-7.04 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.55 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=837.83.

KKK. (S)—N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-2-(3-(4-ETHYLPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (70)

Compound 70 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1-ethyl-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.82 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.4 μL, 0.376 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 70 was provided as a white solid (20.4 mg, 27.6%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.94 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.75-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.93-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.76 (m, 4H), 2.82-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.94-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.70-3.78 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.61 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.70 (m, 2H), 4.79 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 5.00-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.09-5.15 (m, 1H), 5.84 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=786.93.

LLL. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (71)

Compound 71 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (14.42 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.4 μL, 0.376 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 71 was provided as a white solid (25.7 mg, 34.5%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.93-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.96-3.03 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.79 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.39 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.61 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.70 (m, 2H), 4.77-4.84 (m, 1H), 5.00-5.10 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.17 (m, 1H), 5.88 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.06 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.42 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 8.66 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=792.81.

MMM. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,20S,23AS)-2,6-DIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (72)

Compound 72 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.094 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (14.42 mg, 0.094 mmol), and TEA (51.4 μL, 0.376 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 72 was provided as a white solid (25.3 mg, 34.0%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.96 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.74-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.43 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.82-3.04 (m, 3H), 3.06-3.14 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.61 (m, 3H), 3.69-3.78 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.62 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.70 (m, 2H), 4.80 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 5.00-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.16 (m, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.97 (m, 3H), 7.04 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.33 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=792.81.

NNN. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-8-HYDROXY-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-6H,11H,15H-1,4]OXAZINO[3,4-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (73)

Compound 73 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.085 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (13.03 mg, 0.085 mmol), and TEA (46.4 μL, 0.339 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 73 was provided as a white solid (48.6 mg, 69.5%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.47 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.86 (m, 1H), 2.00-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.03 (m, 1H), 3.03-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.94 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.55 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.68 (m, 2H), 4.71 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 5.02-5.17 (m, 2H), 5.38 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.89 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.41 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=824.81.

OOO. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((6AS,8R,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-8-HYDROXY-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-6,11,15,20,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-6H,11H,15H-[1,4]OXAZINO[3,4-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (74)

Compound 74 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.085 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (13.03 mg, 0.085 mmol), and TEA (46.4 μL, 0.339 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 74 was provided as a white solid (54.2 mg, 78%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.45 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.78-1.86 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.50 (br.s, 1H), 2.86-3.12 (m, 4H), 3.35-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.94 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.67 (m, 5H), 4.70-4.76 (m, 1H), 4.86 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.17 (m, 2H), 5.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.04 (m, 5H), 7.14-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.56 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=824.54.

PPP. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-3,6,11,15,20,23-HEXAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (75)

Compound 75 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (45 mg, 0.064 mmol), 1-chloro-4-isocyanatobenzene (9.81 mg, 0.064 mmol), and TEA (35.0 μL, 0.256 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 75 was provided as a white solid (31.9 mg, 60.8%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.77-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 5H), 2.38-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.85-3.12 (m, 4H), 3.42-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.74-3.88 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.44 (m, 2H), 4.49 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.61-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.82-4.97 (m, 2H), 4.98-5.02 (m, 1H), 5.05-5.13 (m, 1H), 5.22-5.29 (m, 1H), 5.82 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98-7.07 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.40 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=821.83.

QQQ. (S)-2-(3-(3-CHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)-N-((6AS,12S,13S,15AS,17R,21S,23AS)-13,17,21-TRIMETHYL-3,6,11,15,20,23-HEXAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-2H,6H,11H,15H-PYRAZINO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-12-YL)PROPANAMIDE (76)

Compound 76 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (45 mg, 0.064 mmol), 1-chloro-3-isocyanatobenzene (9.81 mg, 0.064 mmol), and TEA (35.0 μL, 0.256 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 76 was provided as a white solid (35.4 mg, 67.5%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.96 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.80-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.85-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.14 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.75-3.88 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.51 (m, 2H), 4.64-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.80-4.95 (m, 2H), 4.96-5.05 (m, 1H), 5.06-5.12 (m, 1H), 5.24-5.31 (m, 1H), 5.85 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.07 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.54 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=821.74.

RRR. (S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-3-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2S,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (77)

Compound 77 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.085 mmol), 1-chloro-2-fluoro-4-isocyanatobenzene (14.6 mg, 0.085 mmol), and TEA (46.5 μL, 0.340 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 77 was provided as a white solid (45 mg, 62.9%);¹1-INMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.90 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.77 (m, 4H), 2.84-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.99-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.40 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.74 (m, 3H), 4.75-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.97-5.07 (m, 1H), 5.10-5.19 (m, 1H), 5.43 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.00 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.08 (m, 4H), 7.16-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.56 (m, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H^(+])=840.81.

SSS. (S)-2-(3-(2,4-DICHLOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (78)

Compound 78 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.090 mmol), 2,4-dichloro-1-isocyanatobenzene (16.87 mg, 0.090 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 78 was provided as a white solid (45.2 mg, 58.8%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.98 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.76-1.82 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.97 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.78 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.39 (m, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.59-4.73 (m, 3H), 4.73-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.96-5.06 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.35-5.43 (m, 1H), 6.48 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.94-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=856.81.

TTT. (S)-2-(3-(4-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (79)

Compound 79 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (70 mg, 0.0105 mmol), 1-fluoro-4-isocyanatobenzene (14.35 mg, 0.0105 mmol), and TEA (57.3 μL, 0.419 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 79 was provided as a white solid (44.2 mg, 52.4¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.84 (m, 1H), 2.03-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.31 m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.03 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.41-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.71 (m, 3H), 4.72-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.98-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.22 (m, 1H), 5.39 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.05 (m, 5H), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=806.82.

UUU. (S)-2-(3-(2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-N-((2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-16-HYDROXY-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-20-YL)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDE (80)

Compound 80 was synthesized from corresponding compound C (60 mg, 0.090 mmol), 1-fluoro-2-isocyanatobenzene (12.3 mg, 0.090 mmol), and TEA (49.1 μL, 0.359 mmol) following the general synthesis method as described herein above. Compound 80 was provided as a white solid (45.4 mg, 62.8%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 0.97 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.82 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.77 (m, 3H), 2.86-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.61 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.80 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.51 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.73 (m, 3H), 4.73-4.80 (m, 1H), 4.96-5.07 (m, 1H), 5.14-5.23 (m, 1H), 5.38 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.21-6.28 (m, 1H), 6.87-7.13 (m, 7H), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.09-8.17 (m, 1H), 8.70 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=806.82.

VVV. SYNTHESIS OF (2R,6S,8AS,14AS,16R,20S,21S,23AS)-20-((S)-2-(3-(4-CHLORO-2-FLUOROPHENYL)UREIDO)-3-(M-TOLYL)PROPANAMIDO)-2,6,21-TRIMETHYL-5,8,14,19,23-PENTAOXOOCTADECAHYDRO-1H,5H,14H,19H-PYRIDO[2,1-I]DIPYRROLO[2,1-C:2′,1′-L][1]OXA[4,7,10,13]TETRAAZACYCLOHEXADECIN-16-YL DIHYDROGEN PHOSPHATE (29)

To a cooled (−15° C.) solution of POCl₃ (36.2 μL, 0.387 mmol, 2.5 eq) in dry pyridine (200 μL), a cooled solution of Compound 6 (130 mg, 0.155 mmol, 1 eq) in dry pyridine (2 mL) was slowly added. After 1.5 h of stirring at −5° C., the starting material was no longer present (as determined by UPLC). To the reaction mixture was added H₂O (500 μl) at −5° C. After 0.5 h of stirring, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to a small volume. To the residue was added 1N HCl 3 mL and then extracted with EtOAc twice; the combined EA layer was dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by reverse phase column (H₂O/ACN up to 45%). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 0.95 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.45-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.80 (m, 3H), 2.80-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.04 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.47-4.53 (m, 1H), 4.58 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H), 4.79 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.98-5.10 (m, 2H), 5.22 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.05 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.23 (m, 2H), 8.03 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H); ESI-MS: [m/z+H⁺]=920.82.

3. ADEP Reference Compounds

Activity of the disclosed compounds was compared to a reference compound. These compounds are shown below and are commercially available or prepared per methods described in the literature.

The compounds above (ADEP4, ADEP 2719, ADEP 2914, and ADEP 2378) were prepared as follows: ADEP4, “Synthesis of antibacterial macrocyclic oligopeptides for use in treatment of diseases in humans or animals” Hinzen, Berthold; Brotz, Heike; Endermann, Rainer; Henninger, Kerstin; Paulsen, Holger; Raddatz, Siegfried; Lampe, Thomas; Hellwig, Veronika; Schumacher, Andreas, PCT Int. Appl. (2003), WO 2003024996 A2 20030327; ADEP 2719, “Restriction of the Conformational Dynamics of the Cyclic Acyldepsipeptide Antibiotics Improves Their Antibacterial Activity “, Daniel W. Carney, Karl R. Schmitz, Jonathan V. Truong, Robert T. Sauer, and Jason K. Sello, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2014, 136 (5), 1922-1929; and ADEP 2914 and ADEP 2378, “Synthesis of antibacterial macrocyclic oligopeptides for use in treatment of diseases in humans or animals” Hinzen, Berthold; Brotz, Heike; Endermann, Rainer; Henninger, Kerstin; Paulsen, Holger; Raddatz, Siegfried; Lampe, Thomas; Hellwig, Veronika; Schumacher, Andreas, PCT Int. Appl. (2003), WO 2003024996 A2 20030327.

4. Casein-BODIPY Assay

The compounds were assayed in a casein digestion assay in order to determine their effect on ClpP activation. Briefly, the assay was carried out using S. aureus ClpP (“Sa-ClpP”) overexpressed in E. coli BL21 (DE3) and purified in a two-step process. Purity of the protein was assessed through SDS PAGE analysis. EC₅₀ evaluations were conducted in triplicate in a 20 μl assay format using a method adapted from Maurizi et al. (Methods Enzymol. (1994) 244:314-331.). Each well contained 10 μM saClpP, 25 μg/ml BODIPY FL casein (Invitrogen Corporation, San Diego, Calif.), and test compound in concentrations ranging between 0-1000 μM in assay buffer (50 mM Tris pH 8, 200 mM KCl, and 1 mM TCEP). The reaction took place at 37° C. Fluorescence (excitation 485 nm; emission 528 nm) was measured in five minute intervals over a 45 min period using a BioTek HT fluorescence microplate reader (BioTek Instruments, Inc., Winooski, Vt.). Velocity of each reaction was calculated and data was fit to a dose response curve using GraphPad Prism® software (GraphPad Software, Inc., La Jolla, Calif.). EC₅₀ is the effective concentration of compound which causes 50% activation of S. aureus ClpP in the foregoing BODIPY FL casein assay.

Alternatively, the assay was carried out using EnzCheck Protease Assay (Molecular Probes, Catalog #E6638). The assay was performed in black 384 well, flat bottom, low volume plates (Greiner Bio-One, Monroe, N.C., catalog #784076). 10 μL of Tris.HCl buffer, pH 8.0 with 0.01% Triton X-100 was pipetted into each well using a Well-Mate (Thermo Scientific, Waltham, Mass.). 0.4 μL test compounds or controls (2% DMSO v/v) were added to each well using a Biomek FX liquid handling robot (Beckman Coulter, Indianapolis, Ind.). After addition of test compounds and controls, 10 μL of master mix containing 2 μM Sa-ClpP and 2 μM substrate (Bodipy-FL labeled casein) in Tris.HCl buffer, pH 8.0 with 0.01% (v/v) Triton X-100, was pipetted into each well. All assays were performed in triplicate, under linear velocity conditions. Increase in fluorescent signal following activation of Sa-ClpP by test compounds and controls was measured over time period of 30 mins using filters with excitation at 485±15 nm and emission at 520±25 nm on a PHERAstar FS Multilabel reader (BMG, Cary, N.C.). Instrument gains and enzyme linear velocity conditions were determined and validated using ADEP4, a known Sa-ClpP activator. Data analysis was done by measuring rate of casein degradation over time (slopes). Computed degradation rates (slopes) were normalized to positive (ADEP4) or negative (DMSO) controls. Using nonlinear regression curve fitting EC₅₀ values and % activation were determined using the equation “log [agonist] vs. Response-variable slope (four parameters)-symmetrical” in the program Prism 6 (GraphPad Software, La Jolla, Calif. USA, www.graphpad.com).

5. ADEP Displacement Fluorescence Polarization Assay

A fluorescence polarization (FP) assay was used to determine the activity of the disclosed compounds in displacing an ADEP analogue from ClpP. Briefly, the assay was performed in black 384 well, flat bottom, low volume plates (Greiner Bio-One, Monroe, N.C., catalog #784076). 20 μL of a pre-equilibrated (1 hr, room temperature) master mix (15 μM Sa-ClpP, 2% DMSO (v/v) and 50 nM FP probe in TrisHCl, pH 8.0)) was pipetted into each well using a Well-Mate (Thermo Scientific, Waltham, Mass.). Sa-ClpP was prepared as described above for the ClpP activation assay. The FP probe was ADEP 2591 (structure shown above). The ADEP 2591 comprises a TAMRA fluorophore linked to a core based on modified ADEP 2378 via a short alkyl linker. Using pin transfer, approximately 0.4 μL (2% v/v DMSO) of each compound or control was added per well. After addition of compounds and controls, plates were allowed to incubate for an additional 120 minutes at room temperature. All assays were performed in triplicate. Polarization was monitored using an EnVision Multilabel reader (Perkin-Elmer, Waltham, Mass.) by exciting the FP probe at 530±25 nm, and monitoring fluorescence intensity of both parallel and perpendicular polarized light at 579±25 nm. Readout was in millipolarization units (mP).

Signal gain and G factors were determined in wells containing 200 μM ADEP 2378, which had been previously verified (data not shown) as containing completely unbound ADEP 2591. Data collected was normalized to values obtained from positive (200 μM ADEP 2378) or negative (DMSO) controls. Curves were fit with non-linear regression using the equation “log [inhibitor] vs. Response-variable slope (four parameters)-symmetrical” in the program Prism 6 (GraphPad Software, La Jolla, Calif. USA, www.graphpad.com). The structures for ADEP 2378 and ADEP 2591 are shown above. ADEP 2378 is (E)-N—((S)-1-(((2R,6S,8aS,14aS,20S,23aS)-2,6-dimethyl-5,8,14,19,23-pentaoxooctadecahydro-1H,5H,14H,19H-pyrido[2,1-i]dipyrrolo[2,1-c:2′,1′-1][1]oxa[4,7,10,13]tetraazacyclohexadecin-20-yl)amino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)pent-2-enamide. ADEP 2591 is 5-(3-(3-((6S,9S,11aS,17S,20a5)-6,10-dimethyl-5,8,11,16,20-pentaoxo-17-((S)-2-((E)-pent-2-enamido)-3-phenylpropanamido)hexadecahydro-1H,5H,16H-dipyrrolo[2,1-c:2′,1′-1][1]oxa[4,7,10,13]tetraazacyclohexadecin-9-yl)propyl)thioureido)-2-(6-(dimethylamino)-3-(dimethyliminio)-3H-xanthen-9-yl)benzoate.

6. Cytotoxicity Assay

Cytotoxicity was determined by determining the effect of compounds on cell viability. Vero (kidney epithelial cells; ATCC CCL-81) monolayers were trypsinized and 5000 cells/well were seeded (10-15% confluency) into white-wall, flat bottom 96 well microwell plates (Corning) using enriched Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (Hyclone: DMEM/High Glucose) containing 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (ATCC-30-2020). Plates were incubated overnight at 37° C. in the presence of 5% CO2. Drug-free media was then replaced with media containing serial dilutions of test compound or DMSO carrier. After an additional 72 hours of incubation, viability was indirectly measured using the CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability (Promega) assay. Assay plates were read at peak emission wavelength of 560 nm using a EnVision® Multilabel Plate Reader (Perkin Elmer) or PHERAstar FS Multilabel reader (BMG, Cary, N.C.). The concentration of test compounds that inhibited growth by 50% (IC₅₀ value) was computed using nonlinear regression based fitting of inhibition curves using log [inhibitor] vs. response-variable slope (four parameters)—symmetrical equation, in GraphPad Prism version 6 [GraphPad Software, La Jolla, Calif. USA, www.graphpad.com]. For each experiment, compounds were tested in duplicate. IC₅₀ values presented are the range of two biologically independent experiments.

7. Microsomal Metabolic Stability Determination

Compounds were initially prepared by dissolving them into DMSO at a final concentration of 10 mM. NADPH regenerating solutions A and B and mouse liver microsomes (CD-1) were obtained from BD Gentest (Woburn, Mass.). Ninety-six well deep well plates were obtained from MidWest Scientific Inc (Valley Park, Mo.).

Sample preparation for microsomal stability was modified from methods of Di, L., et al., Int J Pharm. 2005 Jun. 13; 297(1-2):110-9. A set of incubation times of 0, 15, 30, 60, 120, and 240 minutes were used. Mouse liver microsomal solutions were prepared by adding 58 μL of concentrated human or mouse liver microsomes (20 mg/mL protein concentration) to 1.756 mL of 0.1 M potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) and 5 μL of 0.5 M EDTA to make a 0.6381 mg/mL (protein) microsomal solution. NADPH regenerating agent contained 113 μL of NADPH A, 23 μL of NADPH B, and 315 μL of 0.1 M potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4). The diluted test compound solutions (2 μL) were each added directly to a 1.79 mL of liver microsomal solution. This solution was mixed and 90 μL was transferred to 6 time points plates (each in triplicate wells). For the time 0 plate, 225 μL of cold acetonitrile with internal standard (4 mg/ml warfarin) was added to each well, followed by addition of NADPH regenerating agent (22.5 μL) and no incubation. For other five time points' plate, NADPH regenerating agent (22.5 μL) was added to each well to initiate the reaction. The plates were incubated at 37° C. for the required time, followed by quenching of the reaction by adding 225 μL of cold acetonitrile with internal standard (4 μg/ml warfarin). All of the plates were sealed and mixed well at 600 rpm for 10 minutes followed by centrifugation at 4000 rpm for 20 minutes. The supernatants (120 μL) were transferred to analytical plates for analysis by LCMS. LCMS conditions were described in the materials and instrumentation section above. The metabolic stability is evaluated via the half-life from least-squares fit of the multiple time points based on first-order kinetics.

8. Minimal Inhibitory Concentration Assay

Minimal inhibitory concentrations (“MICs”) were determined using the microbroth dilution method according to Clinical Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI; National, C.F. C. L. S., Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria Grow aerobically-Seventh Edition: Approved Standard M7-A7, CLSI, Wayne, Pa., USA, 2008) and were read by visual inspection. Two fold serial dilutions of test compound in 100 μL of the appropriate broth media were first prepared in 96-well round bottom microtiter plates (Nalgene Nunc International, Rochester, N.Y., USA). An equivalent volume (100 μL) of bacterial broth inocula containing approximately 10⁵ bacterial cfu/mL was added to each well to give final concentrations of test compound starting at 200 μM. The plates were then incubated aerobically at 37° C. All strains were incubated overnight. After incubations, in all cases the MIC was recorded as the lowest concentration of drug that prevented bacterial growth. The bacterial strains for which MIC was determined as described in Table 4.

9. Solubility Determination

Materials. Test compounds were synthesized and supplied by the Department of Chemical Biology and Therapeutics at St. Jude Children's Research Hospital (Memphis, Tenn.). LC-MS chromasolv grade acetonitrile (ACN) was purchased from Fisher Scientific (Loughborough, UK). LC-MS chromasolv grade formic acid was obtained from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.). Milli-Q water as an ultrapure laboratory grade water was used in aqueous mobile phase.

Chromatographic conditions. Chromatographic separation was performed on an Acquity UPLC BEH C18 1.7 μm, 2.1×50 mm column (Waters Corporation, Milford, Mass.) using an Acquity ultra performance liquid chromatography system. The total flow rate was 0.9 mL/min. The sample injection volume was 10 μL. The UPLC column was maintained at 60° C. and the gradient program started at 90% A (0.1% formic acid in MilliQ H2O), changed to 70% A over 0.2 min, to 95% B (0.1% formic acid in ACN) over 1.4 minutes, held for 0.35 minutes, then to 90% A over 0.05 minutes.

Detection conditions. Detection was achieved with an Acquity photodiode array detector with acquisition from 210 to 400 nm and an Acquity Evaporative Light Scattering Detector (ELSD). Mass data was acquired with an Acquity SQD Mass Spectrometer. The mass spectrometer was operated in positive-ion mode with electrospray ionization. The conditions were as follows: capillary voltage 3.5 kV, cone voltage 30 V, source temperature 150° C., desolvation temperature 350° C., desolvation gas 500 L/hr, cone gas 25 L/hr. Data were acquired using Masslynx v. 4.1 and analyzed using the Quanlynx software suite. A full scan range from m/z=100-1000 in 0.2 s was used to acquire MS data. Both UV and Single ion recording mass spectrometry were used to determine the quantification of the samples.

Sample stock solutions. Stock solutions were prepared by dissolving compounds into DMSO to yield a concentration of 10 mM. Stock solutions were stored at room temperature.

Calibration curve. Calibration standards were made by adding stock solutions to DMSO for final concentrations of compounds at concentration of 100, 25, 6.25, 1.563, 0.391 and 0.098 μM.

Sample preparation. Solubility test samples were made by adding stock solutions to 200 μL, of DPBS for final concentrations of compounds at 100 μM in a 96-well analytical plate (300 μL, maximum volume in each well). Samples were tested in triplicates. The plate was sealed, shaken at 600 rpm for 10 minutes, and then was centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 20 min at 22° C. 100 μL, of the supernatant was transferred to a new analytical 96-well plate and 10 μL, was injected onto the LCMS system.

Quantitation. Two calibration curves for solubility test samples were analyzed during the quantitation process. The linear regression of test compound peak areas was weighted by 1/x². If the solubility test samples showed with relatively high concentration, larger than 1.563 μM, a standard curve based on UV detector was applied for the quantitation in the range of 100 to 1.563 μM. If the solubility test samples showed with relatively low concentration, lower than 1.563 μM, a standard curve based on MS detector was applied for the quantitation in the range of 1.563 to 0.098 μM. Coefficient of determination (R²) was used to evaluate the linearity of each calibration curve.

10. Plasma Stability Assay

The plasma stability property of early drug discovery compounds can influence the in vivo efficacy of the test compounds/drugs. Human and/or mouse plasma degradation is determined using multiple time points to monitor the rate of disappearance of the parent compound during incubation.

Sample preparation for plasma stability was modified from Di et al. (2005) Int. J. Pharm. 297(1-2): 110-119. A set of incubation times of 0, 3, 24, and 48 hour were used. DMSO stock solutions of test compounds were prepared at 10 mM concentration. 1.8 μL of each test compound was each added directly to 1.8 mL of human/mouse plasma to get the final concentration of 10 μM. This compound/matrix was mixed and 70 μL was transferred to 8 time points plates (each in triplicate wells). For the Time 0 plate, 210 μL of cold acetonitrile with internal standard (4 μg/mL warfarin) was added to each well and no incubation needed. For other seven time points' plate, the plate was incubated at 37° C. for required time, followed by quenching of the reaction by adding 210 μL of cold acetonitrile with internal standard (4 μg/ml warfarin) to each well. All of the plates were sealed and mixed well at 600 rpm for 10 min and were centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 20 min. The supernatants (120 μL) were transferred to analytical plates for analysis by LCMS. Conditions for Waters ACQUITY-UPLC-MS-UV system was described separately. The plasma stability was evaluated via the half-life from least-squares fit of the multiple time points based on first-order kinetics.

11. Plasma Protein Binding Assay

This assay determines plasma protein binding of a drug/compound and free drug concentration in plasma using rapid equilibrium dialysis, which allow the aqueous component of plasma containing the free drug/compound through a dialysis membrane (MWCO ˜8,000).

Solutions were prepared at 10 mM in DMSO. Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline (DPBS; pH 7.4) was obtained from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.). Single-Use RED (rapid equilibrium dialysis) device was obtained from Thermo scientific (Rockford, Ill.). Human plasma was obtained from Innovative Research INC (Novi, Michigan, Ill).

Sample preparation for plasma protein binding was modified from Waters' method. (Waters et al. (2008) J. Pharm. Sci. 97(10): 4586-95). The Teflon base plate with the RED inserts (MWCO 8 K) were allowed to use without any pre-condition the membrane inserts. Human plasma was thawed and centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 2 min to remove any particulates. Each compound was prepared at 10 μM in human plasma. This was done by adding 1 μL, of drug solution (10 mM in DMSO) to 1000 μL, of human plasma (0.1% DMSO). Spiked plasma solutions (300 μL) were placed into the sample chamber (indicated by the red ring) and 500 μL, of DPBS into the adjacent chamber. The plate was sealed and incubated at 37° C. on an orbital shaker (100 rpm) for 4 hours. After incubation, the seal was removed from the RED plate and the volume of the insert confirmed—little to no volume change occurred. Aliquots (50 μL) were removed from each side of the insert and dispensed into a 96-well deep plate. An equal volume of blank plasma or DPBS was added to the required wells to create analytically identical sample matrices (matrix matching). To each sample 200 μL, of ACN containing 4 μg/mL warfarin IS was added. All of the plates were sealed and mixed well at 600 rpm for 10 min and were centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 20 min. The supernatants (120 μL) were transferred to analytical plates for analysis by LCMS. Conditions for Waters ACQUITY-UPLC-MS-UV system were described separately. The test compound concentrations were quantified in both buffer and plasma chambers via peak areas relative to the internal standard. The percentage of the test compound bound to plasma was calculated on following equations: % Free=(Concentration buffer chamber/concentration plasma chamber)×100% and % Bound=100%-% Free.

12. Septicemia Protocol for ATCC 33591

S. aureus ATC 33591 was streaked out onto a TSA plate with 7% sheep's blood and inclubated overnight at 37° C. A good lawn was inoculated into 2 mL of BHI and incubated for an hour at 37° C. The 2 mL of inoculum was transferred to 18 mL of BHI in a baffled conical flask and incubated for a further hour at 37° C. The OD600 was measured to be 0.129 and was concentrated to 5×10⁹ CFU/mL. The culture was centrifuged for 10 minutes at 5000×g and resuspended in 5.16 mL of BHI broth with 6% mucin for a final concentration of 5×10⁹ CFU/mL. 100 μL of the culture was administered by IP to each mouse. Four hours after treatment, a second dose was administered.

The mice were euthanized 24 hours post infection and the tissue harvested. 2 mL of sterile PBS was injected into the peritoneum and the abdomen massaged for about one minute. Next, the peritoneal wall was opened as minimally as possible and 500 μL of fluid was removed and placed in a 1.5 mL Eppendorf. The IP fluid was serially diluted (10×) and 10 μL of each dilution was placed on a MSA plate. At this time, the abdomen was opened fully and the kidneys and liver removed and placed onto ice in pre-weighed homogenization tubes. The tubes were reweighed before homogenizing for 4 minutes at speed 8 3× with 30 seconds on ice in between homogenizations. Each tube was serially diluted and 10 μL of each dilution placed onto a BHI plate. After 24 hours, the colonies were counted.

The results of this study are illustrated in FIG. 2A-C.

13. Septicemia Protocol for VRE583

E. faecalis VRE 583 was streaked out onto BHI and incubated overnight at 37° C. A full yellow loop (10 μL) was inoculated into 2 mL of BHI and incubated for an hour at 37° C. The 2 mL of inoculum was transferred to 18 mL of BHI in a baffled conical flask and incubated for a further hour at 37° C. The OD600 was measured to be 1.33 and was concentrated to 1×10¹⁰ CFU/mL. The culture was centrifuged for 10 minutes at 5000×g and resuspended in 2.1 mL of BHI broth with 6% mucin for a final concentration of 1×10¹⁰ CFU/mL. 100 μL of the culture was administered by IP to each mouse. Four hours after treatment, a second dose was administered.

The mice were euthanized 24 hours post infection and the tissue harvested. 2 mL of sterile PBS was injected into the peritoneum and the abdomen massaged for about one minute. Next, the peritoneal wall was opened as minimally as possible and 500 μL of fluid was removed and placed in a 1.5 mL Eppendorf. The IP fluid was serially diluted (10×) and 10 μL of each dilution was placed on a BHI or MSA plate. At this time, the abdomen was opened fully and the kidneys and liver removed and placed onto ice in pre-weighed homogenization tubes. The tubes were reweighed before homogenizing for 4 minutes at speed 8 3× with 30 seconds on ice in between homogenizations. Each tube was serially diluted and 10 μL of each dilution placed onto a BHI or MSA plate. After 24 hours, the colonies were counted.

The results of this study are illustrated in FIG. 3A-C.

14. Characterization of Exemplary Compounds

The compounds below in Table 1 were synthesized with methods identical or analogous to those described herein. The requisite starting materials were commercially available, described in the literature, or readily synthesized by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis.

TABLE 1 No. Structure 1

2

3

4

5

6

8

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

15. Activity Of Substituted Urea Depsipeptide Analogs In In Vitro Assays

Substituted urea depsipetide analogs were synthesized as described above. Activity was determined using the assays described above, and the data are shown in Table 2. The EC₅₀ for ClpP activation was determined in the Sa-ClpP in casein-BODIPY assay as described above. The IC₅₀ for ADEP displacement was determined in the ADEP displacement fluorescent polarization assay as described above; and the IC₅₀ for growth inhibition was determined in the Vero cell cytotoxicity assay as described above. The compound number corresponds to the compound numbers used in Table 1.

TABLE 2 Compound ClpP Activation ADEP Displacement Cytotoxicity No. EC₅₀ (μM) IC₅₀ (μM) IC₅₀ (μM) 1 0.43 ± 0.02  7.48 ± 0.5 1.59 ± 0.08 2 0.87 ± 0.03  8.82 ± 0.4 >100 3 0.39 ± 0.02  6.61 ± 0.28 ND 4 0.43 ± 0.02  6.45 ± .4 11.0 ± 1.9  5 0.32 ± 0.02   4.4 ± 0.4 >10 6 0.23 ± 0.02  3.00 ± 0.2 50.5 ± 3.8  8 0.28 ± 0.02  3.51 ± .1 >10 10 0.38 ± 0.03  4.65 ± 0.2 >50 11 0.29 ± 0.01  3.45 ± .2 >10 12 0.58 ± 0.02  6.03 ± 0.3 >50 13 1.52 ± 0.1 16.36 ± 0.8 ND 14 1.41 ± 0.2  5.19 ± 0.2 ND 15 1.58 ± .2  8.12 ± .2 ND 16 0.63 ± .1  5.46 ± .2 ND 17 2.64 ± .1  6.02 ± .2 ND 18 1.75 ± 0.1  4.79 ± 0.27 ND 19 2.52 ± 0.2  6.05 ± 0.3 ND 20 0.71 ± 0.08  4.21 ± 0.2 ND 21 0.37 ± 0.04  3.74 ± 0.24 ND 22 0.65 ± 0.06  4.12 ± 0.29 ND 23 0.35 ± 0.09  1.96 ± 0.12 ND 24 0.13 ± 0.04  2.31 ± .2 ND 25 0.41 ± 0.02  4.76 ± 0.33 ND 26 0.65 ± 0.09  4.26 ± 0.16 ND 27 1.20 ± 0.1  5.13 ± 0.16 ND 28 0.91 ± 0.08  4.86 ± 0.17 ND 29 0.24 ± .24 ±  4.45 ± .45 ± ND 30 0.29 ± .29 ±  3.41 ± .41 ± ND 31 0.18 ± .18 ±  3.07 ± .07 ± ND 32 0.44 ± 0.02  6.3 ± 0.4 2.87 ± 0.0  33  0.2 ± 0.200  3.16 ± .160 ND 34 0.29 ± 0.29  3.74 ± .7 >50 52 0.22 ± 0.1 ND ND 53 0.67 ± 0.3 ND ND 54 1.54 ± 1.4 ND ND 55 1.05 ± 1.0 ND ND 56 1.33 ± 2.5 ND ND 57 1.88 ± 2.4 ND ND 58 0.27 ± 0.1 ND ND 59 0.81 ± 0.5 ND ND 60 1.47 ± 1.1 ND ND 61 0.27 ± 0.1 ND ND 62 0.42 ± 0.1 ND ND 63 0.40 ± 0.2 ND ND 64 0.43 ± 0.2 ND ND 65 0.41 ± 0.1 ND ND 66 0.16 ± 0.1 ND ND 67 0.44 ± 0.3 ND ND 68 0.29 ± 0.1 ND ND 69 0.39 ± 0.8 ND ND 70 0.29 ± 0.1 ND ND 71 0.25 ± 0.1 ND ND 72 ND ND ND 73 0.25 ± 0.1 ND ND 74 0.25 ± 0.1 ND ND 75 1.21 ± 1.0 ND ND 76 5.02 ± 25.3 ND ND 77 0.45 ± 0.2 ND ND 78 0.33 ± 0.1 ND ND 79 0.90 ± 0.6 ND ND 80 0.59 ± 0.4 ND ND ADEP4  0.4 ± 0.03  6.9 ± 0.4 ND “ND” indicates that the experimental parameter was not determined.

16. Activity Of Substituted Urea Depsipeptide Analogs in the Minimal Inhibitory Concentration Assay

Substituted urea depsipetide analogs were synthesized as described above. Minimal inhibitory concentrations were determined using microbroth dilution assay as described above, and the data are shown in Table 3. The compound number corresponds to the compound numbers used in Table 1.

TABLE 3 Minimal Inhibitory Concentrations (μM) S. aureus S. aureus E. S. aureus S. No. USA 300 ΔClpP faecails ATCC 29213 pyogenes  1 <0.098 200 1.25 0.313 0.313  2 0.7812 200 2.5 1.25 >20  3 0.156 50 0.078 0.156 0.313  4 0.625 25 1.25 0.625 1.25  5 0.078 >20 0.156 0.078 0.078  6 0.156 >20 0.078 0.078 0.156  8 0.313 >20 0.156 0.625 0.156 10 0.313 >20 0.313 0.313 0.156 11 0.078 >20 0.078 0.078 0.078 12 0.625 >20 1.25 1.25 0.313 13 2.5 >20 0.625 1.25 0.313 14 5 >20 1.25 5 1.25 15 5 >20 1.25 2.5 0.313 16 0.625 >20 0.156 1.25 0.156 17 10 >20 1.25 20 1.25 18 10 >20 0.313 10 0.625 19 10 >20 10 10 10 20 5 >20 2.5 1.25 ND 21 1.25 >20 0.625 0.625 ND 22 5 >20 1.25 5 ND 23 1.25 >20 0.625 1.25 ND 24 0.313 >20 0.156 0.313 ND 25 0.313 >20 0.156 0.156 ND 26 2.5 >20 5 0.313 ND 27 20 >20 2.5 10 ND 28 2.5 >20 0.625 2.5 ND 29 10 >20 20 5 ND 30 2.5 >20 0.313 0.625 ND 31 0.078 >20 <0.02 <0.02 ND 32 0.156 >20 0.039 0.156 0.156 33 0.078 >20 0.078 0.078 ND 34 0.156 >20 <0.02 0.078 0.078 35 0.625 >20 1.25 0.625 ND 36 2.5 >20 1.25 1.25 ND 37 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 ND 38 0.078 >20 0.078 0.039 ND 49 0.625 >20 0.156 0.156 ND 40 1.25 >20 0.625 1.25 ND 41 0.31 >20 0.625 0.31 ND 42 2.5 >20 2.5 1.25 ND 43 2.5 >20 2.5 2.5 ND 44 0.313 >20 0.313 0.313 ND 45 10 >20 1.25 1.25 ND 46 0.313 >20 0.156 0.313 ND 47 0.313 >20 0.156 0.156 ND 48 1.25 >20 2.5 1.25 ND 49 10 >20 20 5 ND 50 1.25 >20 2.5 0.625 ND 51 5 >20 5 5 ND 52 0.625 >20 0.313 0.625 ND 53 2.5 >20 5 1.25 ND 54 >20 >20 10 >20 ND 55 2.5 >20 2.5 5 ND 56 2.5 >20 2.5 5 ND 57 10 >20 10 20 ND 58 0.625 >20 2.5 2.5 ND 59 1.25 >20 5 2.5 ND 60 10 >20 >20 >20 ND 61 0.156 >20 2.5 0.156 ND 62 0.625 >20 2.5 1.25 ND 63 0.313 >20 0.313 0.625 ND 64 1.25 >20 10 0.625 ND 65 0.156 >20 1.25 0.313 ND 66 0.313 >20 1.25 0.625 ND 67 2.5 >20 5 2.5 ND 68 0.625 >20 0.625 1.25 ND 69 2.5 >20 5 5 ND 70 0.313 >20 0.156 0.625 ND 71 0.625 >20 0.313 0.625 ND 72 2.5 >20 10 2.5 ND 73 0.625 >20 0.625 2.5 ND 74 1.25 >20 >20 5 ND 75 10 >20 >20 20 ND 76 >20 >20 >20 >20 ND 77 1.25 5 1.25 0.625 ND ADEP4 0.313 >20 0.078 0.313 0.156 Minimal Inhibitory Concentrations (μM) S. B. MRSA No. pneumoniae subtilis NRS70 1 ND 0.313 0.156 2 ND 0.625 0.313 3 ND 0.078 0.078 4 ND 1.25* 0.156 5 0.039 0.156 0.078 6 0.039 0.156 0.078 8 0.078 0.156 0.156 10 0.078 0.313 0.313 11 0.039 0.078 0.078 12 0.156 1.25 1.25 13 0.156 ND 1.25 14 0.625 ND 2.5 15 0.313 ND 2.5 16 0.078 ND 0.313 17 0.313 ND 5 18 <0.02 ND 5 19 2.5 ND 10 20 ND ND 5 21 ND ND 0.313 22 ND ND 1.25 23 ND ND 0.625 24 ND ND 0.156 25 ND ND 0.156 26 ND ND 0.313 27 ND ND 10 28 ND ND 2.5 29 ND ND 2.5 30 ND ND 2.5 31 ND ND <0.02 32 0.078 0.313 0.078 33 ND ND 0.039 34 0.039 <0.02 0.078 35 ND ND 0.313 36 ND ND 2.5 37 ND ND 0.313 38 ND ND 0.039 49 ND ND 0.078 40 ND ND 0.625 41 ND ND 0.156 42 ND ND 1.25 43 ND ND 2.5 44 ND ND 0.313 45 ND ND 1.25 46 ND ND 0.313 47 ND ND 0.156 48 ND ND 1.25 49 ND ND 10 50 ND ND 0.313 51 ND ND 2.5 52 ND ND 0.313 53 ND ND 1.25 54 ND ND 5 55 ND ND 2.5 56 ND ND 10 57 ND ND 10 58 ND ND 0.625 59 ND ND 1.25 60 ND ND 5 61 ND ND 0.156 62 ND ND 0.625 63 ND ND 0.313 64 ND ND 0.625 65 ND ND 0.156 66 ND ND 1.25 67 ND ND 2.5 68 ND ND 2.5 69 ND ND 5 70 ND ND 0.313 71 ND ND 0.313 72 ND ND 2.5 73 ND ND 2.5 74 ND ND 5 75 ND ND 20 76 ND ND >20 77 ND ND 0.625 ADEP4 0.156 0.313 0.078 “ND” indicates that the experimental parameter was not determined

17. Activity of Substituted Urea Depsipeptide Analogs in the Microsomal Metabolic Stability Determination

Substituted urea depsipetide analogs were synthesized as described above. Activity was determined in the microsomal metabolic stability assay as described above, and the data are shown in Table 4. The compound number corresponds to the compound numbers used in Table 1.

TABLE 4 No. Human (hr) Mouse (hr) 1 11.45 5.22 2 0.62 2.85 3 4.68 ± 0.78 11.65 ± 2.2   4 0.94 ± 0.09 6.99 ± 1.07 5 0.31 ± 0.03 1.02 ± 0.2  6 4.83 ± 1.5  4.61 ± 1.2  8 0.89 ± 0.13 1.22 ± 0.13 10 0.29 ± 0.04  0.7 ± 0.07 11 0.91 ± 0.10 0.67 ± 0.07 12 3.34 ± 0.6  2.34 ± 0.44 13 0.38 ± 0.04 0.49 ± 0.03 14 0.73 ± 0.07 3.15 ± 0.26 15 0.67 ± 0.04 2.28 ± 0.16 16 0.86 ± 0.07 1.80 ± 0.09 17 1.58 ± 0.25 4.83 ± 0.46 18 0.75 ± 0.11 1.88 ± 0.12 19 0.61 ± 0.06 0.80 ± 0.05 20 1.30 ± 0.09 6.24 ± 0.7  21 4.49 ± 0.68 3.38 ± 0.37 22 3.57 ± 0.52 4.48 ± 0.61 23 30.2 ± 11.7 35.8 ± 14.7 24 4.89 ± 0.67 1.03 ± 0.05 25 15.19 ± 2.47  2.35 ± 0.27 26 2.66 ± 0.3  2.49 ± 0.35 27 0.49 ± .495 0.79 ± .795 28 0.18 ± .185 0.79 ± .795 29 >4 >4 30 1.30 ± .305 6.21 ± .215 31 3.87 ± .875 2.65 ± .655 32 2.66 ± .66  0.95 ± .95  33 9.25 ± .255 0.80 ± .805 34 0.77 ± .775 1.18 ± .185 35 1.14 ± .145 1.54 ± .545 36 4.81 ± .815 11.23 ± 1.23  37 0.29 ± .293 4.73 ± .733 38 1.00 ± .003 1.25 ± .253 49 0.81 ± .813 4.37 ± .373 40 0.62 ± .623 6.54 ± .543 41 0.41 ± .413 0.11 ± .113 42 0.81 ± .813 0.78 ± .783 43 1.36 ± 0.14 3.57 ± 0.3  44 1.73 ± 0.16 2.90 ± 0.13 45 2.77 ± 0.3  2.35 ± 0.14 46 2.09 ± 0.14 0.22 ± 0.0  47 3.10 ± 0.3  2.46 ± 0.3  ADEP4 0.05 0.07 “ND” indicates that the experimental parameter was not determined.

18. Solubility Determination

Substituted urea depsipetide analogs were synthesized as described above. Solubility was determined as described above, and the data are shown in Table 5 below. The compound number corresponds to the compound numbers used in Table 1.

TABLE 5 μsol No. (μg/mL) (μM) LCMS (μM) 1 32.0 40.7 22.9 2 8.3 10.4 6.7 3 1.8 ± 0.1 2.2 ± 0.1 0.5 4 <0.1 ND 0.0 5 ND 22.5 ± 1.9  17.4 ± 0.4 6 ND 13.9 ± 1.4  12.6 ± 0.3 8 ND 8.8 ± 0.7 2.79 ± 0.5 10 ND 26.0 ± 0.9  27.04 ± 0.25 11 ND 32.2 ± 1.4  43.20 ± 3.14 12 ND 24.7 ± 3.7  37.45 ± 13.0 13 ND 38.3 ± 2.2  40.1 ± 4.6 14 ND 43.6 ± 1.8  39.3 ± 1.9 15 ND 25.1 ± 1.7  57.2 ± 1.1 16 ND 47.4 ± 5.7  53.2 ± 6.5 17 ND 71.1 ± 0.7  64.6 ± 2.0 18 ND 22.7 ± 0.8  22.6 ± 2.1 19 ND 51.5 ± 1.1  55.9 ± 2.9 20 ND 29.9 ± 1.5  34.4 ± 1.1 21 ND 36.8 ± 1.6  30.6 ± 0.7 22 ND 7.6 ± 0.3  3.3 ± 0.2 23 ND 3.0 ± 0.0  1.7 ± 0.1 24 ND 48.4 ± 0.7  43.7 ± 0.9 25 ND 9.0 ± 0.3 18.63 ± 1.17 26 ND 47.7 ± 0.4  45.32 ± 1.89 27 ND ND 45.6 ± 5.6 28 ND 30.2 ± 0.2  34.7 ± 4.7 29 ND 58.7 ± 8.7  66.6 ± 6.6 30 ND 54.5 ± 4.5  68.8 ± 8.8 31 ND 54.7 ± 4.7  68.9 ± 8.9 32 62.5 ± 2.1  73.4 ± 3.4  71.5 ± 1.5 33 ND 17.2 ± 7.2  12.8 ± 2.8 34 ND 38.7 ± 8.7  53.58 ± 3.58 35 ND 0.9 ± .95 0.002 ± .002 36 ND 6.4 ± .40 8.167 ± .167 37 ND 2.3 ± .36 0.501 ± .501 38 ND 1.7 ± .70 0.011 ± .011 49 ND 8.5 ± .51 16.977 ± 6.97  40 ND 0 2.208 ± .208 41 ND 2.4 ± .40  1.4 ± .40 42 ND 29.7 ± 9.7  29.2 ± 9.2 43 ND 49.8 ± 2.5  42.2 ± 0.9 44 ND 12.38 ± 0.3    5.1 ± 0.9 45 ND 44.7 ± 4.2  44.5 ± 2.7 46 ND 12.1 ± 1.5  194.9 ± 27   47 ND 7.7 ± 1.2  6.2 ± 0.6 ADEP4 ND 21.8 ± 0.7   0.1 ± 0.0 “ND” indicates that the experimental parameter was not determined.

19. Determination of Plasma Binding

Substituted urea depsipetide analogs were synthesized as described above. Plasma binding was determined as described above, and the data are shown in Table 6 below. The compound number corresponds to the compound numbers used in Table 1.

TABLE 6 No. Human Mouse 1 98.5 98.9 2 99.3 99.2 3 99.0 ± 0.1 99.3 ± 0.1 4 99.8 ± 0.2 99.8 ± 0.0 5 98.0 ± 1.0 98.6 ± 0.5 6 99.7 ± 0 99.5 ± 0.1 8 98.2 ± 0.2 98.9 ± 0.4 10 99.7 ± 0.2 99.7 ± 0.0 11 97.9 ± 0.3 98.8 ± 0.4 12 99.9 ± 0.2 99.6 ± 0.0 13 97.0 ± 0.6 97.5 ± 0.3 14 99.1 ± 0.2 98.9 ± 0.1 15 95.2 ± 1.5 77.0 ± 6.1 16 98.5 ± 0.3 97.1 ± 0.1 17 95.4 ± 1.1 88.4 ± 1.6 18 99.0 ± 0.1 99.2 ± 0.1 19 98.9 ± 0.2 98.3 ± 0.1 20 97.5 ± 0.2 98.7 ± 0.1 21 97.3 ± 0.1 99.2 ± 0.1 22 97.1 ± 0.2 98.4 ± 0.1 23 97.1 ± 0.2 96.9 ± 0.1 24 97.7 ± 0.2 98.2 ± 0.1 25 99.2 ± 0.3 99.5 ± 0.11 26 98.8 ± 0.1 99.1 ± 0.15 27 91.1 ± 1.1 93.2 ± 3.2 28 92.9 ± 2.9 98.1 ± 8.1 29 98.8 ± 8.8 96.9 ± 6.9 30 94.8 ± 4.8 92.4 ± 2.4 31 97.9 ± 7.9 96.9 ± 6.9 32 83.0 ± 3.0 91.5 ± 1.5 33 99.1 ± 9.1 99.5 ± 9.5 34 96.5 ± 6.5 97.5 ± 7.5 35 99.9 ± 9.9 99.7 ± 9.7 36 98.3 ± 8.3 ND 37 99.6 ± 9.6 99.5 ± 9.5 38 99.5 ± 9.5 96.0 ± 6.0 49 98.7 ± 8.7 99.4 ± 9.4 40 98.5 ± 8.5 99.4 ± 9.4 41 99.7 ± 9.7 99.9 ± 9.9 42 98.1 ± 8.1 97.4 ± 7.4 43 72.9 ± 1.4 61.7 ± 1.6 44 99.4 ± 0.1 99.2 ± 0.1 45 97.3 ± 0.3 92.1 ± 1.3 46 99.5 ± 0.3 93.0 ± 0.8 47 99.7 ± 0.1 99.7 ± 0.2 ADEP4 99.4 ± .3 99.2 ± 0.1 “ND” indicates that the experimental parameter was not determined.

20. Determination of Plasma Stability

Substituted urea depsipetide analogs were synthesized as described above. Plasma stability was determined as described above, and the data are shown in Table 5 below. The compound number corresponds to the compound numbers used in Table 1.

TABLE 8 Human Mouse No. (hr) (hr) 1  >>48  >>48 2  >>48  >>48 3  >>48  >>48 4  >>48  >>48 5    >50    >50 6    >50    >50 8      34.37    >50 10      58.50    >50 11      44.21      36.62 12      38.58      18.63 13  67.3 ± 13.7 10.74 ± 0.8 14 97.65 ± 17.0  9.55 ± 0.8 15    >50  5.95 ± 0.6 16    >50  6.86 ± 0.7 17 51.18 ± 6.0   6.46 ± 0.4 18      46.62      66.31 19      62.38      12.82 20      14.0      13.2 21    >50    >50 22    >50      46.15 23    >50      27.31 24      90.86    >50 25    >50    >50 26    >50    >50 27    >50    >50 28    >50    >50 29    >50     102.25 30    >50    >50 31    >50    >50 32  >>48  >>48 33    >50    >50 34      26.56      21.18 35    >50    >50 36      57.50       0.30 37    >50    >50 38    >50    >50 49      29.79      22.75 40    >50    >50 41    >50    >50 42    >50    >50 43    >50      21.9 44      64.2    >50 45    >50    >50 46       0.57       0.49 47    >50    >50 ADEP4  >>48  >>48 “ND” indicates that the experimental parameter was not determined.

21. Determination of Plasma Pharmacokinetics of Compound 6

The objective of this study was to investigate the plasma pharmacokinetics of Compound 6 following oral administration at 30 mg/kg and plasma pharmacokinetics and tissue distribution of Compound 6 in male BALB/c mice following intraperitoneal dose administration of Compound 6 at 30, 60 and 120 mg/kg (see FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B). A group of forty five male mice were weighed and distributed as Group 1 (PO: 30 mg/kg), Group 2 (IP: 30 mg/kg), Group 3 (IP: 60 mg/kg) and Group 4 (IP: 120 mg/kg). Animal in Group 1 were administered orally with Compound 6 solution formulation in 5% NMP, 5% Solutol and 90% normal saline at 30 mg/kg. Animal in Group 2, Group 3 and Group 4 were administered intraperitoneally with Compound 6 solution formulation in 5% NMP, 5% Solutol and 90% normal saline at 30, 60 and 120 mg/kg, respectively. Blood samples (approximately 60 μL) were collected under light isoflurane anesthesia from retro orbital plexus such that samples were obtained at Pre-dose, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 & 24 hr (PO) and at Pre-dose, 0.08,0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8 & 24 hr (IP). At each time point blood samples were collected from three mice. Immediately after collection, plasma was harvested by centrifugation and stored at −70° C. until analysis. All samples were processed for analysis by protein precipitation using acetonitrile and analyzed with fit-for-purpose LC/MS/MS method (LLOQ=10.03 ng/mL for plasma, 15.06 ng/g for lungs, heart, kidney, and skeletal muscle, and 501.60 ng/g for liver). Pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated using the non-compartmental analysis tool of Phoenix WinNonlin (Version 6.3). The overall pharmacokinetic parameters are summarized in Table 9 below.

TABLE 9 C⁰ AUC_(last) AUC_(inf) T_(1/2) CL V_(ss) No. Route (ng/mL) (hr*ng/mL) (hr*ng/mL) (hr) (mL/min/kg) (L/kg)  6 i.v. 34296.43 11482.38 11872.48 2.82 14.04 1.02  1 i.v. 26862.75 7594.42 7616.50 0.49 21.88 0.74  3 i.v. 13482.56 12517.18 12563.28 3.40 13.27 2.08 11 i.v. 9127.72 5001.13 5041.42 1.35 33.06 2.28 16 i.v. 18634.35 3759.22 3765.70 0.25 44.26 0.57 23 i.v. 25009.24 11698.28 12043.13 4.57 13.84 2.83 24 i.v. 27083.47 3852.73 3873.06 0.34 43.03 0.51 30 i.v. 12355.62 2618.93 2645.47 2.08 63.00 1.74 31 i.v. 30582.19 5252.50 5262.42 1.55 31.67 0.63 38 i.v. 16999.46 13245.9 13276.45 3.11 12.55 1.77 ADEP4 i.v. 740.56 500.64 768.39 ND 216.90 298.60 “ND” indicates that the experimental parameter was not determined.

22. Prophetic Pharmaceutical Composition Examples

“Active ingredient” as used throughout these examples relates to one or more disclosed compounds or products of disclosed methods of making as described hereinbefore, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof. The following examples of the formulation of the compounds of the present invention in tablets, suspension, injectables and ointments are prophetic. Typical examples of recipes for the formulation of the invention are as given below.

Various other dosage forms can be applied herein such as a filled gelatin capsule, liquid emulsion/suspension, ointments, suppositories or chewable tablet form employing the disclosed compounds in desired dosage amounts in accordance with the present invention. Various conventional techniques for preparing suitable dosage forms can be used to prepare the prophetic pharmaceutical compositions, such as those disclosed herein and in standard reference texts, for example the British and US Pharmacopoeias, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co.) and Martindale The Extra Pharmacopoeia (London The Pharmaceutical Press).

The disclosure of this reference is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

A. Pharmaceutical Composition for Oral Administration

A tablet can be prepared as follows:

Component Amount Active ingredient 10 to 500 mg Lactose  100 mg Crystalline   60 mg cellulose Magnesium 5 stearate Starch (e.g. potato Amount necessary to starch) yield total weight indicated below Total (per capsule) 1000 mg

Alternatively, about 100 mg of a disclosed compound, 50 mg of lactose (monohydrate), 50 mg of maize starch (native), 10 mg of polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP 25) (e.g. from BASF, Ludwigshafen, Germany) and 2 mg of magnesium stearate are used per tablet. The mixture of active component, lactose and starch is granulated with a 5% solution (m/m) of the PVP in water. After drying, the granules are mixed with magnesium stearate for 5 min. This mixture is molded using a customary tablet press (e.g. tablet format: diameter 8 mm, curvature radius 12 mm). The molding force applied is typically about 15 kN.

Alternatively, a disclosed compound can be administered in a suspension formulated for oral use. For example, about 100-5000 mg of the desired disclosed compound, 1000 mg of ethanol (96%), 400 mg of xanthan gum, and 99 g of water are combined with stirring. A single dose of about 10-500 mg of the desired disclosed compound according can be provided by 10 ml of oral suspension.

In these Examples, active ingredient can be replaced with the same amount of any of the compounds according to the present invention, in particular by the same amount of any of the exemplified compounds. In some circumstances it may be desirable to use a capsule, e.g. a filled gelatin capsule, instead of a tablet form. The choice of tablet or capsule will depend, in part, upon physicochemical characteristics of the particular disclosed compound used.

Examples of alternative useful carriers for making oral preparations are lactose, sucrose, starch, talc, magnesium stearate, crystalline cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, glycerin, sodium alginate, gum arabic, etc. These alternative carriers can be substituted for those given above as required for desired dissolution, absorption, and manufacturing characteristics.

The amount of a disclosed compound per tablet for use in a pharmaceutical composition for human use is determined from both toxicological and pharmacokinetic data obtained in suitable animal models, e.g. rat and at least one non-rodent species, and adjusted based upon human clinical trial data. For example, it could be appropriate that a disclosed compound is present at a level of about 10 to 1000 mg per tablet dosage unit.

B. Pharmaceutical Composition for Injectable Use

A parenteral composition can be prepared as follows:

Component Amount Active ingredient 10 to 500 mg Sodium carbonate 560 mg* Sodium hydroxide  80 mg* Distilled, sterile water Quantity sufficient to prepare total volume indicated below. Total (per capsule) 10 ml per ampule *Amount adjusted as required to maintain physiological pH in the context of the amount of active ingredient, and form of active ingredient, e.g. a particular salt form of the active ingredient.

Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition for intravenous injection can be used, with composition comprising about 100-5000 mg of a disclosed compound, 15 g polyethylenglycol 400 and 250 g water in saline with optionally up to about 15% Cremophor EL, and optionally up to 15% ethyl alcohol, and optionally up to 2 equivalents of a pharmaceutically suitable acid such as citric acid or hydrochloric acid are used. The preparation of such an injectable composition can be accomplished as follows: The disclosed compound and the polyethylenglycol 400 are dissolved in the water with stirring. The solution is sterile filtered (pore size 0.22 μm) and filled into heat sterilized infusion bottles under aseptic conditions. The infusion bottles are sealed with rubber seals.

In a further example, a pharmaceutical composition for intravenous injection can be used, with composition comprising about 10-500 mg of a disclosed compound, standard saline solution, optionally with up to 15% by weight of Cremophor EL, and optionally up to 15% by weight of ethyl alcohol, and optionally up to 2 equivalents of a pharmaceutically suitable acid such as citric acid or hydrochloric acid. Preparation can be accomplished as follows: a desired disclosed compound is dissolved in the saline solution with stirring. Optionally Cremophor EL, ethyl alcohol or acid are added. The solution is sterile filtered (pore size 0.22 μm) and filled into heat sterilized infusion bottles under aseptic conditions. The infusion bottles are sealed with rubber seals.

In this Example, active ingredient can be replaced with the same amount of any of the compounds according to the present invention, in particular by the same amount of any of the exemplified compounds.

The amount of a disclosed compound per ampule for use in a pharmaceutical composition for human use is determined from both toxicological and pharmacokinetic data obtained in suitable animal models, e.g. rat and at least one non-rodent species, and adjusted based upon human clinical trial data. For example, it could be appropriate that a disclosed compound is present at a level of about 10 to 1000 mg per tablet dosage unit.

Carriers suitable for parenteral preparations are, for example, water, physiological saline solution, etc. which can be used with tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide or the like serving as a solubilizer or pH adjusting agent. The parenteral preparations contain preferably 50 to 1000 mg of a disclosed compound per dosage unit.

It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations can be made in the present invention without departing from the scope or spirit of the invention. Other aspects of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art from consideration of the specification and practice of the invention disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification and examples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spirit of the invention being indicated by the following claims. 

What is claimed is:
 1. A compound having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Y is —NH-(L)_(q)-Ar¹; wherein q is an integer selected from 0 and 1; wherein L is moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, —CH═CH—, and -(cyclopropyl)-; wherein each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl; or wherein R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl; wherein R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, —C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b); wherein each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; or wherein R² is —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl; wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alky, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C6 alkylamino; or wherein R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; provided at least one of R² and R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; or wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), an and —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

wherein each of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy, provided that at least one of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is not hydrogen; wherein each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl; wherein Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar²; or wherein Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy; wherein each n is an integer independently selected from 0, 1, and 2; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 2. The compound of claim 1, having a structure represented by a formula:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 3. The compound of claim 1, having a structure represented by a formula:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 4. The compound of claim 1, wherein R² is hydrogen, hydroxyl, —NH₂, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), or —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b).
 5. The compound of claim 1, wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G.
 6. The compound of claim 5, wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a thiomorpholine substituted with 0, 1, or 2 oxo groups.
 7. The compound of claim 1, wherein R^(5c) is methyl, and wherein R^(5a) and R^(5b) are hydrogen.
 8. The compound of claim 1, wherein R^(70a) is hydrogen or methyl; and wherein R^(70b) is hydrogen.
 9. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ar¹ has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein each of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —Br, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, and —N(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, provided that threat least two of R^(60a), R^(60b), R^(60c), R^(60d), and R^(60e) are hydrogen.
 10. The compound of claim 9, wherein Ar¹ has a structure represented by a formula:


11. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:


12. The compound of claim 11, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z¹ is O, S, S(O), SO₂, NH, NCH₃, or CH₂; and wherein Z² is CH₂ or C(O).
 13. The compound of claim 12, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:

and wherein Z¹ is S, S(O), SO₂, NCH₃, or CH₂.
 14. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound has a structure represented by a formula:


15. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from:


16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
 17. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 16, further comprising an antibacterial agent.
 18. A method for treating an infectious disease in a subject, the method comprising the step of administering to the subject an effective amount of at least one compound having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Y is —NH-(L)_(q)-Ar¹; wherein q is an integer selected from 0 and 1; wherein L is moiety selected from —CH₂—, —(CH₂)₂—, —CH═CH—, and -(cyclopropyl)-; wherein each of R^(1a) and R^(1b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, and C1-C3 alkyl; or wherein R^(1a) and R^(1b) are optionally covalently bonded, and together with the intermediate carbon comprise an optionally substituted 3- to 7-membered spirocycloalkyl; wherein R² is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C3 alkyl, —C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, —OC(O)(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b), and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)NR^(6a)R^(6b); wherein each of R^(6a) and R^(6b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; or wherein R² is —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl; wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, C1-C6 alky, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C6 alkylamino; or wherein R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; provided at least one of R² and R⁴ is —(C0-C6)-G; or wherein R³ and R⁴ are covalently bonded, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle having 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; and wherein the heterocycle is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, oxo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 aminoalkyl, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, —(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR³⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(32a)R^(32b), and —(C0-C6)-G; wherein R³⁰, when present, is selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein each of R^(32a) and R^(32b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl; wherein G has a structure represented by a formula selected from:

wherein each of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, methoxy, and ethoxy, provided that at least one of R^(5a), R^(5b), and R^(5c) is not hydrogen; wherein each of R^(70a) and R^(70b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl; wherein Ar¹ is selected from aryl and heteroaryl; and wherein Ar¹ is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, —S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C═O)OR⁴⁶, Ar², —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)R⁴⁰, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-S(O)_(n)NR^(41a)R^(41b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)NR^(42a)R^(42b), —(C1-C3 alkyl)-NR⁴³(C═O)NR^(44a)R^(44b), —NR⁴³(C═O)R⁴⁵, —(C1-C3 alkyl)-(C═O)OR⁴⁶, and —(C1-C3 alkyl)-Ar²; or wherein Ar¹ is substituted with two groups that, together with the intervening atoms, form a 5- or 6-membered ring having 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NH and the ring is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups selected from halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy; wherein each n is an integer independently selected from 0, 1, and 2; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(41a) and R^(41b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl; wherein each occurrence of R^(42a) and R^(42b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴³, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R^(44a) and R^(44b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁵, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each occurrence of R⁴⁶, when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl; wherein each Ar², when present, is independently selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl, and wherein each Ar² is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —NH₂, —OH, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 monohaloalkyl, C1-C6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 19. The method of claim 18, wherein the infectious disease is associated with gram positive bacteria.
 20. The method of claim 18, wherein the infectious disease is associated with gram negative bacteria. 